Skip to main content

Full text of "Treasure Island"

See other formats


TREASURE ISLAND 

ROBERT LOUIS STEVENSON 



NY PUBLIC LIBRARY THE BRANCH LIBRARIES 



3 3333 08119 1534 





- 
D641817 



J Stevenson 
Treasure island 



\ 



TREASURE ISLAND 



BOOKS ILLUSTRATED BY 
LOUIS RHEAD 

KIDNAPPED 

LAMB'S TALES FROM SHAKESPEARE 
GRIMM'S FAIRY TALES 
ARABIAN NIGHTS 
GULLIVER'S TRAVELS 
HANS ANDERSEN'S FAIRY TALES 
ROBIN HOOD 
ROBINSON CRUSOE 
SWISS FAMILY ROBINSON 
TREASURE ISLAND 
TOM BROWN'S SCHOOL DAYS 
MULOCK'S FAIRY BOOK 
KING ARTHUR AND HIS KNIGHTS 
HARPER & BROTHERS, NEW YORK 
[ESTABLISHED 1817] 




TREASURE 



-' - 







- < 




ISLAND 

BY 

ROBERT LOUIS 
STEVENSON 

WITH OVER ONE HUNDRED 

ILLUSTRATIONS AND 

DECORATIONS 

BY 

LOUIS RHEAD 



HARPFR fl im 

NEyv yp,RK v I.ONDON. , . 



u 



C"*> --^S^-A. , 

'^C-r*i, 

WBGnT-J-^wl> r^C-^>~^ - ^_> 










* * 



, , i 

c .' . * 



. 

* 



Copyright, igis, by Harper & Brothers 
Printed in the United States of America 



TO 

LLOYD OSBOURNE 

AN AMERICAN GENTLEMAN 

IN ACCORDANCE WITH WHOSE CLASSIC TASTE 

THE FOLLOWING NARRATIVE HAS BEEN DESIGNED 

IT IS NOW IN RETURN FOR NUMEROUS DELIGHTFUL HOURS 

AND WITH THE KINDEST WISHES DEDICATED 

BY HIS AFFECTIONATE FRIEND 

THE AUTHOR 



i j ' 
.'> 



9 > t 4 



J > 
. > ' 



> < > > 
>> > 



. , . - . - - 
.. J . . 

- 1 . 



. : 
. . . < 
. ' 
. . 1 1 



TO THE HESITATING PURCHASER 

IF sailor tales to sailor tunes, 

Storm and adventure, heat and cold, 
If schooners, islands, and maroons 

And Bucaneers and buried Gold, 
And all the old romance, retold 

Exactly in the ancient way, 
Can please, as me they pleased of old, 

The wiser youngsters of to-day: 

So be it, and fall on! If not, 

If studious youth no longer crave, 
His ancient appetites forgot, 

Kingston, or Ballantyne the brave, 
Or Cooper of the wood and wave: 

So be it, also! And may I 
And all my pirates share the grave 

Where these and their creations lie! 



CON1EMTS 




PAGE 

INTRODUCTION xvii 

Part I 
THE OLD BUCANEER 

CHAPTER 

I. THE OLD SEA-DOG AT THE "ADMIRAL BENBOW" .... 3 

II. BLACK DOG APPEARS AND DISAPPEARS n 

III. THE BLACK SPOT 20 

IV. THE SEA-CHEST 28 

V. THE LAST OF THE BLIND MAN 36 

VI. THE CAPTAIN'S PAPERS 44 

Part II 
THE SEA-COOK 

VII. I Go TO BRISTOL 55 

VIII. AT THE SIGN OF THE "SPY-GLASS" 62 



CONTENTS 

CHAPTER PAGE 

IX. POWDER AND ARMS 70 

X. THE VOYAGE 78 

XL WHAT I HEARD IN THE APPLE-BARREL 86 

XII. COUNCIL OF WAR 94 



Part III 
MY SHORE ADVENTURE 

XIII. How I BEGAN MY SHORE ADVENTURE 105 

XIV. THE FIRST BLOW 112 

XV. THE MAN OF THE ISLAND 120 

Part IV 
THE STOCKADE 

XVI. NARRATIVE CONTINUED BY THE DOCTOR: How THE SHIP 

WAS ABANDONED 131 

XVII. NARRATIVE CONTINUED BY THE DOCTOR: THE JOLLY- 

BOAT'S LAST TRIP 138 

XVIII. NARRATIVE CONTINUED BY THE DOCTOR: END OF THE 

FIRST DAY'S FIGHTING 145 

XIX. NARRATIVE RESUMED BY JIM HAWKINS: THE GARRISON 

IN THE STOCKADE 152 

XX. SILVER'S EMBASSY 160 

XXL THE ATTACK 168 

Part V 
MY SEA ADVENTURE 

XXII. How I BEGAN MY SEA ADVENTURE 179 

XXIII. THE EBB-TIDE RUNS 187 



CONTENTS 

CHAPTER PAGE 

XXIV. THE CRUISE OF THE CORACLE 194 

XXV. I STRIKE THE JOLLY ROGER 202 

XXVI. ISRAEL HANDS 209 

XXVII. "PIECES OF EIGHT" 219 

Part VI 
CAPTAIN SILVER 

XXVIII. IN THE ENEMY'S CAMP 229 

XXIX. THE BLACK SPOT AGAIN 239 

XXX. ON PAROLE 248 

XXXI. THE TREASURE-HUNT FLINT'S POINTER 257 

XXXII. THE TREASURE-HUNT THE VOICE AMONG THE TREES 266 

XXXIII. THE FALL OF A CHIEFTAIN 274 

XXXIV. AND LAST 282 



A LIST OF 



.USTRATIONS 




MAP 

"IF YOU DO NOT PUT THAT KNIFE THIS INSTANT IN YOUR 
POCKET, YOU SHALL HANG AT THE NEXT ASSIZES" . . 

THE NEXT INSTANT I SAW BLACK DOG IN FULL FLIGHT . . 

AT ONE LOOK THE RUM WENT OUT OF HIM AND LEFT HIM 
STARING SOBER 

AND SHE BEGAN TO COUNT THE CAPTAIN*S SCORE FROM THE 
SAILOR'S BAG 

HE STRUCK AT THEM RIGHT AND LEFT IN HIS BLINDNESS 

THE DOCTOR OPENED THE SEALS WITH GREAT CARE, AND THERE 
FELL OUT THE MAP OF AN ISLAND 

I SAID GOOD-BY TO MOTHER AND THE COVE AND TO DEAR OLD 



Page 



"ADMIRAL BENBOW" 



"OH," i CRIED, "STOP HIM! IT'S BLACK DOG!" 

"OUT o' THAT! OFF WITH YOU TO THE COOK AND GET SOME 
WORK" 

THE MAN AT THE HELM WAS WATCHING THE LUFF OF THE SAIL 
"HERE'S TO OURSELVES, AND PLENTY OF PRIZES AND PLENTY 



OF DUFF 



"ONE MORE CHEER FOR CAP'N SMOLLETT," CRIED LONG JOHN . 

CAUGHT A BRANCH AND SWUNG MYSELF OUT, AND PLUNGED 

INTO THE NEAREST THICKET . .... 



<c 



(t 

( 



7 
IS 

25 

33 
39 

47 



59 

" 65 



75 

83 

89 
97 

109 



ILLUSTRATIONS 

JUST BEFORE HIM TOM LAY MOTIONLESS UPON THE SWARD . Page 115 



"I'M POOR BEN GUNN, I AM. MAROONED THREE YEARS AGONE, 

AND LIVED ON GOATS SINCE THEN*' "123 

"DOWN, DOG!" CRIES THE CAPTAIN. AND THE HEAD POPPED 

BACK AGAIN " 1 33 

"TELL us, SQUIRE, WHEN YOU SEE THE MATCH, AND WE'LL 

HOLD WATER" " 141 

I RAN TO THE DOOR IN TIME TO SEE JIM HAWKINS, SAFE AND 

SOUND, COME CLIMBING OVER THE STOCKADE . . . . " 149 
WE BURIED OLD TOM IN THE SAND, AND STOOD ROUND HIM 

BAREHEADED IN THE BREEZE " 157 

"GIVE ME A HAND UP!" HE CRIED. "NOT I," RETURNED THE 

CAPTAIN " 165 

THE BOARDERS SWARMED OVER THE FENCE LIKE MONKEYS . " IJl 
I LIFTED THE SIDE OF THE TENT, AND THERE WAS BEN GUNN's 

BOAT "183 

IT SHOWED ME HANDS AND HIS COMPANION LOCKED TOGETHER 

IN DEADLY WRESTLE " IQI 

I FELT WILLING RATHER TO STARVE AT SEA THAN TO CONFRONT 

SUCH PERILS " 197 

"i CAN'T HAVE THESE COLORS, MR. HANDS, AND, BY YOUR 

LEAVE, I'LL STRIKE 'EM" " 205 

THE COXSWAIN LOOSED HIS GRASP UPON THE SHROUDS AND 

PLUNGED HEAD FIRST INTO THE WATER " 215 

WITH MY ARMS BEFORE ME I WALKED STEADILY IN ..." 22j 

"TAKE A CUTLASS, HIM THAT DARES, AND I'LL SEE THE COLOR 
OF HIS INSIDE, CRUTCH AND ALL, BEFORE THAT PIPE*S 
EMPTY" " 235 

I SAW THE BLADE OF AN OPEN KNIFE SHINE IN HIS HAND . . " 24! 

"ONE JUMP AND YOU'RE OUT, AND WE'LL RUN FOR IT LIKE 

ANTELOPES" " 253 

FOR ALL THE WORLD, I WAS LED LIKE A DANCING BEAR . . " 259 



"DARBY M'GRAW!" IT WAILED, "DARBY M'GRAW!" .... 269 
MERRY TUMBLED HEAD FOREMOST INTO THE EXCAVATION . " 277 
I WAS KEPT BUSY PACKING THE MINTED MONEY INTO BREAD- 
BAGS " 285 



iN"RODUC ION 




IT was in 1880 and 1881 that Stevenson wrote Treasure Island, 
which was begun at Braemar, Scotland, where his father 
aided him with suggestions from his own seafaring experiences. 
It was finished in the course of his second visit to Davos in the 
winter of 1881-82. In 1878 he had published his first book, The 
Island Voyage, which was followed by Travels with a Donkey. 
He had also written the tales known as "The New Arabian 
Nights," the essays collected under the title of Virginibus 
Puerisque, and other stories and essays, but Treasure Island, 
which appeared when the author was thirty-one, was his first 
long romance, and it brought to him his first taste of popular 
success, when the story was published in book form. 

It was in October, 1881, that this story began to appear as a 
serial in an English magazine called Young Folks. The title then 
was "The Sea Cook, or Treasure Island," but when published in 
book form in May, 1883, the name was simply Treasure Island, 
a name which has taken its place among the titles of far older 
classics. I remember well that as a boy in England I was 
obliged to satisfy my craving for sea-stories with books like 
Captain Cook's Voyages and The Mutiny of the "Bounty." The 
latter dreadful tale must have been read by Stevenson and 
perhaps afforded some suggestions. It has seemed to me that 
before Treasure Island there was no really great sea-tale for 
younger readers. The immortal Swiss Family Robinson and 



INTRODUCTION 

Robinson Crusoe belonged to a different category, and Dana's 
Two Years before the Mast was little known to English youth. 
It seems to me fair to say that Treasure Island is the only great 
modern classic written especially for younger readers. 

I find that girls enjoy Treasure Island just as well as boys. 
The book stands alone in its wonderfully vivid and dramatic 
story-telling, which is characterized throughout by an entirely 
sane and wholesome tone and purpose. When I imagine myself 
again a boyish reader comparing this story with the old favorites 
like Robinson Crusoe, Gulliver's Travels, The Pilgrim's Progress, 
The Swiss Family Robinson, and Tom Brown at Rugby the first 
three not written originally for children I find myself impelled 
to rank Treasure Island as an equal and in some points as a 
superior. This may seem heresy, but it is the result of a pecu- 
liarly close and sympathetic study of these and other famous 
books for boys and girls. 

Although this was Stevenson's first long romantic story, he 
showed the born story-teller's instinct for a beginning which 
seizes upon the reader at once. We are absorbed in the first 
few lines and the interest deepens as we go on. How it moves 
and holds us the advent of that precious trio, Billy Bones, 
Old Pew, and Black Dog, and their performances at the "Admiral 
Benbow." It is so apt an introduction to the strange tale of 
after happenings. And from a boy's viewpoint the end is 
perfect. 

While children, as a rule, do not understand the value of money, 
yet they keenly appreciate the realization of a climax where the 
boy hero can fairly bury himself in golden coins. It is natural 
that the last chapter should be read with a tinge of envy and a 
yearning to lay hands upon Jim Hawkins's bags of gold. And 
the romantic glamour of the situation appeals to older readers 
also who will do well to turn oftener from the average novel of 
the day to this most delightful example of ideal realism. 

It is hard to understand why Stevenson preferred to have the 
story published first without illustrations. With his keen ar- 
tistic sense he must have felt that fitting illustration would be 



INTRODUCTION 

a gain. The text is full of effective subjects and the period and 
costumes romantic in the extreme. We know that the author 
was greatly disappointed at the mild approval given to the story 
in its serial publication. It is a fair question whether this may 
not have been due to the absence of pictures. 

While every character is singularly vivid witness Long John 
Silver, whose escape we are rather glad of in spite of his villainy 
yet the illustrator must read and reread the text many times in 
order to obtain his suggestions. Dickens, Scott, Cooper, Dumas, 
and most of the great story-tellers give minute descriptions of 
their characters when they are introduced. Not so with Steven- 
son. In the most subtle manner each character is developed by 
masterly touches as the story goes on until the living personage 
is complete. 

It has therefore been a task of patient scrutiny as well as of 
love and enthusiasm to interpret these picturesque dramatic 
characters who have lived with me so closely that I part com- 
pany with regret. At least I am sure that if readers find half 
the pleasure in this edition which the maker of the illustrations 
has had its possession will be accounted a necessity. 

The frontispiece portrait of Stevenson is from a life study in 
chalk by the late president of the National Academy of Design, 
John W. Alexander, who kindly gave the illustrator permission 
to use it only a few days before his untimely death. 

Louis RHEAD. 

New York, 1915. 




HE OLD BUCANEER 




f^S^^^^^SB^ 

^MpsprS%s^ 



i-i ' iiuinmnn 

U Salt V} Esli\hlUlt 



USakafl Cy/i^Hilr.. 






-V^nr * *3t-**;) Jr/vt % 

"T- T^ S^J-^SsV V^= -4. 



^e^pa^s 

^^^>3g^@S 



* : S^=^P =; 58f i : 
^^a^S^ 



A* ^ 

I\*i4i* * * 









Cape 

jf** 8 '$&& 

Tfood-s S 

^u: 



'S. 

(p ^^ 






THE OLD SEA-DOG AT THE " ADMIRAL BENBOW" 

QUIRE TRELAWNEY, Dr. Livesey, and the 
rest of these gentlemen having asked me to 
write down the whole particulars about Treas- 
ure Island, from the beginning to the end, 
keeping nothing back but the bearings of the 
island, and that only because there is still 

treasure not yet lifted, I take up my pen in 

the year of grace 17 , and go back to the time when my father 
kept the "Admiral Benbow" inn, and the brown old seaman, 
with the saber cut, first took up his lodging under our roof. 
I remember him as if it were yesterday, as he came plodding 
to the inn door, his sea-chest following behind him in a hand- 
barrow; a tall, strong, heavy, nut-brown man; his tarry pig- 
tail falling over the shoulders of his soiled blue coat; his hands 
ragged and scarred, with black, broken nails; and the saber 
cut across one cheek, a dirty, livid white. I remember him 
looking round the cove and whistling to himself as he did so, and 
then breaking out in that old sea-song that he sang so often 
afterward : 

"Fifteen men on the Dead Man's Chest 
Yo-ho-ho, and a bottle of rum!" 

in the high old tottering voice that seemed to have been tuned 
and broken at the capstan-bars. Then he rapped on the door 



TREASURE ISLAND 

with a bit of stick like a handspike that he carried, and, when my 
father appeared, called roughly for a glass of rum. This, when 
it was brought to him, he drank slowly, like a connoisseur, 
lingering on the taste, and still looking abcnt him at the cliffs 
and up at our sign-board. 

'This is a handy cove," says he, at length; "and a pleasant 
sittyated grog-shop. Much company, mate?" 

My father told him no, very little company, the more was the 
pity. 

'Well, then," said he, "this is the berth for me. Here 
you, matey," he cried to the man who trundled the barrow; 
"bring up alongside and help up my chest. I'll stay here a bit," 
he continued. "I'm a plain man; rum and bacon and eggs is 
what I want, and that head up there for to watch ships off. 
What you mought call me? You mought call me captain. 
Oh, I see what you're at there"; and he threw down three or 
four gold pieces on the threshold. 'You can tell me when I've 
worked through that," says he, looking as fierce as a commander. 

And, indeed, bad as his clothes were, and coarsely as he spoke, 
he had none of the appearance of a man who sailed before the 
mast; but seemed like a mate or skipper, accustomed to be 
obeyed or to strike. The man who came with the barrow told 
us the mail had set him down the morning before at the "Royal 
George"; that he had inquired what inns there were along the 
coast, and, hearing ours well spoken of, I suppose, and described 
as lonely, had chosen it from the others for his place of residence. 
And that was all we could learn of our guest. 

He was a very silent man by custom. All day he hung round 
the cove, or upon the cliffs, with a brass telescope; all evening 
he sat in a corner of the parlor next the fire, and drank rum 
and water very strong. Mostly he would not speak when 
spoken to; only look up sudden and fierce, and blow through 
his nose like a fog-horn; and we and the people who came about 
our house soon learned to let him be. Every day, when he 
came back from his stroll, he would ask if any seafaring men 
had gone by along the road ? At first we thought it was the want 



TREASURE ISLAND 

of company of his own kind that made him ask this question, 
but at last we began to see he was desirous to avoid them. When 
a seaman put up at "Admiral Benbow" (as now and then some 
did, making by the coast road for Bristol), he would look in 
at him through the curtained door before he entered the parlor; 
and he was always sure to be as silent as a mouse when any such 
was present. For me, at least, there was no secret about the 
matter; for I was, in a way, a sharer in his alarms. He had 
taken me aside one day, and promised me a silver fourpenny 
on the first of every month if I would only keep my "weather- 
eye open for a seafaring man with one leg," and let him know the 
moment he appeared. Often enough, when the first of the month 
came round, and I applied to him for my wage, he would only 
blow through his nose at me and stare me down; but before the 
week was out he was sure to think better of it, bring me my 
fourpenny piece, and repeat his orders to look out for "the sea- 
faring man with one leg." 

How that personage haunted my dreams, I need scarcely tell 
you. On stormy nights, when the wind shook the four cor- 
ners of the house, and the surf roared along the cove and up the 
cliffs, I would see him in a thousand forms, and with a thousand 
diabolical expressions. Now the leg would be cut off at the 
knee, now at the hip; now he was a monstrous kind of a creature 
who had never had but the one leg, and that in the middle of 
his body. To see him leap and run and pursue me over hedge 
and ditch was the worst of nightmares. And altogether I paid 
pretty dear for my monthly fourpenny piece, in the shape of 
these abominable fancies. 

But though I was so terrified by the idea of the seafaring 
man with one leg, I was far less afraid of the captain himself than 
anybody else who knew him. There were nights when he took 
a deal more rum and water than his head would carry; and then 
he would sometimes sit and sing his wicked, old, wild sea-songs, 
minding nobody; but sometimes he would call for glasses round, 
and force all the trembling company to listen to his stories or 
bear a chorus to his singing. Often I have heard the house 



TREASURE ISLAND 

shaking with "Yo-ho-ho, and a bottle of rum," all the neighbors 
joining in for dear life, with the fear of death upon them, and 
each singing louder than the other, to avoid remark. For in 
these fits he was the most overriding companion ever known; 
he would slap his hand on the table for silence all round; he would 
fly up in a passion of anger at a question, or sometimes because 
none was put, so he judged the company was not following his 
story. Nor would he allow any one to leave the inn till he had 
drunk himself sleepy and reeled off to bed. 

His stories were what frightened people worst of all. Dread- 
ful stories they were; about hanging, and walking the plank, 
and storms at sea, and the Dry Tortugas, and wild deeds and 
places on the Spanish Main. By his own account he must have 
lived his life among some of the wickedest men that God ever 
allowed upon the sea; and the language in which he told these 
stories shocked our plain country people as much as the crimes 
that he described. My father was always saying the inn would 
be ruined, for people would soon cease coming there to be tyran- 
nized over and put down, and sent shivering to their beds; 
but I really believe his presence did us good. People were 
frightened at the time, but on looking back they rather liked 
it; it was a fine excitement in a quiet country life; and there 
was even a party of the younger men who pretended to ad- 
mire him, calling him a "true sea-dog," and a "real old salt," 
and such like names, and saying there was the sort of man that 
made England terrible at sea. 

In one way, indeed, he bade fair to ruin us; for he kept on 
staying week after week, and at last month after month, so that 
all the money had been long exhausted, and still my father 
never plucked up the heart to insist on having more. If ever 
he mentioned it, the captain blew through his nose so loudly 
that you might say he roared, and stared my poor father out 
of the room. I have seen him wringing his hands after such 
a rebuff, and I am sure the annoyance and the terror he lived 
in must have greatly hastened his early and unhappy death. 

All the time he lived with us the captain made no change 

[6] 




"IF YOU DO NOT PUT THAT KNIFE THIS INSTANT IN 
YOUR POCKET, YOU SHALL HANG AT THE 

NEXT ASSIZES" 



TREASURE ISLAND 

whatever in his dress but to buy some stockings from a hawker. 
One of the cocks of his hat having fallen down, he let it hang 
from that day forth, though it was a great annoyance when it 
blew. I remember the appearance of his coat, which he patched 
himself up-stairs in his room, and which, before the end, was 
nothing but patches. He never wrote or received a letter, 
and he never spoke with any but the neighbors, and with these 
for the most part only when drunk on rum. The great sea- 
chest none of us had ever seen open. 

He was only once crossed, and that was toward the end, 
when my poor father was far gone in a decline that took him 
off. Dr. Livesey came late one afternoon to see the patient, 
took a bit of dinner from my mother, and went into the parlor 
to smoke a pipe until his horse should come down from the 
hamlet, for we had no stabling at the old "Benbow." I followed 
him in, and I remember observing the contrast the neat, bright 
doctor, with his powder as white as snow, and his bright, black 
eyes and pleasant manners, made with the coltish country folk, 
and above all with that filthy, heavy, bleared scarecrow of a 
pirate of ours, sitting far gone in rum, with his arms on the 
table. Suddenly he the captain, that is began to pipe up his 
eternal song: 

" Fifteen men on the Dead Man's Chest 

Yo-ho-ho, and a bottle of rum! 
Drink and the devil had done for the rest 
Yo-ho-ho, and a bottle of ruml" 

At first I had supposed "the dead man's chest" to be that 
identical big box of his up-stairs in the front room, and the 
thought had been mingled in my nightmares with that of the 
one-legged seafaring man. But by this time we had all long 
ceased to pay any particular notice to the song; it was new, 
that night, to nobody but Dr. Livesey, and on him I observed 
it did not produce an agreeable effect, for he looked up for a 
moment quite angrily before he went on with his talk to old 
Taylor, the gardener, on a new cure for the rheumatics. In the 



TREASURE ISLAND 

mean time, the captain gradually brightened up at his own 
music, and at last flapped his hand upon the table before him 
in a way we all knew to mean silence. The voices stopped 
at once, all but Dr. Livesey's; he went on as before, speaking 
clear and kind, and drawing briskly at his pipe between every 
word or two. The captain glared at him for a while, flapped 
his hand again, glared still harder, and at last broke out with 
a villainous, low oath: "Silence, there, between-decks!" 

"Were you addressing me, sir?" says the doctor; and when 
the ruffian had told him, with another oath, that this was so, 
"I have only one thing to say to you, sir," replies the doctor, 
"that if you keep on drinking rum, the world will soon be quit 
of a very dirty scoundrel!" 

The old fellow's fury was awful. He sprang to his feet, drew 
and opened a sailor's clasp-knife, and, balancing it open on the 
palm of his hand, threatened to pin the doctor to the wall. 

The doctor never so much as moved. He spoke to him, as 
before, over his shoulder, and in the same tone of voice; rather 
high, so that all the room might hear, but perfectly calm and 
steady: 

"If you do not put that knife this instant in your pocket, I 
promise, upon my honor, you shall hang at next assizes." 

Then followed a battle of looks between them; but the cap- 
tain soon knuckled under, put up his weapon, and resumed his 
seat, grumbling like a beaten dog. 

"And now, sir," continued the doctor, "since I now know 
there's such a fellow in my district, you may count I'll have an 
eye upon you day and night. I'm not a doctor only; I'm a 
magistrate; and if I catch a breath of complaint against you, 
if it's only for a piece of incivility like to-night's, I'll take 
effectual means to have you hunted down and routed out of 
this. Let that suffice." 

Soon after Dr. Livesey's horse came to the door, and he rode 
away; but the captain held his peace that evening, and for 
many evenings to come. 





BLACK DOG APPEARS AND DISAPPEARS 

T was not very long after this that there oc- 
curred the first of the mysterious events that 
rid us at last of the captain, though not, as you 
will see, of his affairs. It was a bitter-cold 
winter, with long, hard frosts and heavy 
gales; and it was plain from the first that 
my poor father was little likely to see the 
spring. He sank daily, and my mother and I had all the inn 
upon our hands, and were kept busy enough, without paying 
much regard to our unpleasant guest. 

It was one January morning, very early a pinching, frosty 
morning the cove all gray with hoar-frost, the ripple lapping 
softly on the stones, the sun still low and only touching the 
hilltops and shining far to seaward. The captain had risen 
earlier than usual, and set out down the beach, his cutlass swing- 
ing under the broad skirts of the old blue coat, his brass tele- 
scope under his arm, his hat tilted back upon his head. I re- 
member his breath hanging like smoke in his wake as he strode 
off, and the last sound I heard of him, as he turned the big rock, 
was a loud snort of indignation, as though his mind was still 
running upon Dr. Livesey. 



TREASURE ISLAND 

Well, mother was up-stairs with father, and I was laying the 
breakfast-table against the captain's return, when the parlor 
door opened and a man stepped in on whom I had never set 
my eyes before. He was a pale, tallowy creature, wanting 
two fingers of the left hand; and, though he wore a cutlass, 
he did not look much like a fighter. I had always my eye open 
for seafaring men, with one leg or two, and I remember this 
one puzzled me. He was not sailorly, and yet he had a smack 
of the sea about him, too. 

I asked him what was for his service, and he said he would take 
rum; but as I was going out of the room to fetch it he sat down 
upon a table and motioned me to draw near. I paused where 
I was, with my napkin in my hand. 

"Come here, sonny," says he; "come nearer here." 

I took a step nearer. 

"Is this here table for my mate Bill?" he asked, with a kind 
of leer. 

I told him I did not know his mate Bill; and this was for a 
person who stayed in our house, whom we called the captain. 

"Well," said he, "my mate Bill would be called the captain, 
as like as not. He has a cut on one cheek, and a mighty pleas- 
ant way with him, particularly in drink, has my mate Bill. 
We'll put it, for argument like, that your captain has a cut on 
his cheek and we'll put it, if you like, that that cheek's the 
right one. Ah, well! I told you. Now, is my mate Bill in this 
here house?" 

I told him he was out walking. 

"Which way, sonny? Which way is he gone?" 

And when I had pointed out the rock and told him how the 
captain was likely to return, and how soon, and answered a 
few other questions, "Ah," said he, "this '11 be as good as drink 
to my mate Bill." 

The expression on his face as he said these words was not at 
all pleasant, and I had my own reasons for thinking that the 
stranger was mistaken, even supposing he meant what he said. 
But it was no affair of mine, I thought; and, besides, it was 

[12] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

difficult to know what to do. The stranger kept hanging about 
just outside the inn door, peering round the corner like a cat 
waiting for a mouse. Once I stepped out myself into the road, 
but he immediately called me back, and, as I did not obey 
quick enough for his fancy, a most horrible change came over 
his tallowy face, and he ordered me in, with an oath that made 
me jump. As soon as I was back again he returned to his former 
manner, half fawning, halt sneering, patted me on the shoulder, 
told me I was a good boy and he had taken quite a fancy to me. 
'I have a son of my own, 5> said he, "as like you as two blocks, 
and he's all the pride of my 'art. But the great thing for boys 
is discipline, sonny discipline. Now, if you had sailed along 
of Bill you wouldn't have stood there to be spoke to twice 
not you. That was never Bill's way, nor the way of sich as 
sailed with him. And here, sure enough, is my mate Bill, with 
a spy-glass under his arm, bless his old 'art to be sure. You 
and me '11 just go back into the parlor, sonny, and get behind 
the door, and we'll give Bill a little surprise bless his 'art, I 
say again." 

So saying, the stranger backed along with me into the parlor, 
and put me behind him in the corner, so that we were both hid- 
den by the open door. I was very uneasy and alarmed, as you 
may fancy, and it rather added to my fears to observe that the 
stranger was certainly frightened himself. He cleared the hilt 
of his cutlass and loosened the blade in the sheath; and all the 
time we were waiting there he kept swallowing as if he felt 
what we used to call a lump in the throat. 

At last in strode the captain, slammed the door behind him, 
without looking to the right or left, and marched straight across 
the room to where his breakfast awaited him. 

'Bill," said the stranger, in a voice that I thought he had 
tried to make bold and big. 

The captain spun round on his heel and fronted us; all the 
brown had gone out of his face, and even his nose was blue; 
he had the look of a man who sees a ghost, or the evil one, or 
something worse, if anything can be; and, upon my word, 

[13] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

I felt sorry to see him, all in a moment, turn so old and 
sick. 

"Come, Bill, you know me; you know an old shipmate, Bill, 
surely," said the stranger. 

The captain made a sort of gasp. 'Black Dog!" said he. 

"And who else?" returned the other, getting more at his 
ease. "Black Dog as ever was, come for to see his old shipmate 
Billy, at the 'Admiral Benbow' inn. Ah, Bill, Bill, we have 
seen a sight of times, us two, since I lost them two talons," 
holding up his mutilated hand. 

"Now look here," said the captain, "you've run me down; 
here I am; well, then, speak up: what is it?" 

"That's you, Bill," returned Black Dog, "you're in the right 
of it, Billy. I'll have a glass of rum from this dear child here, 
as I've took such a liking to; and we'll sit down, if you please, 
and talk square like old shipmates." 

When I returned with the rum they were already seated on 
either side of the captain's breakfast-table Black Dog next 
to the door, and sitting sideways, so as to have one eye on his 
old shipmate, and one, as I thought, on his retreat. 

He bade me go, and leave the door wide open. "None of your 
keyholes for me, sonny," he said; and I left them together, and 
retired into the bar. 

For a long time, though I certainly did my best to listen, I 
could hear nothing but a low gabbling; but at last the voices 
began to grow higher, and I could pick up a word or two, mostly 
oaths, from the captain. 

"No, no, no, no; and an end of it!" he cried once. And 
again, "If it comes to swinging, swing all, say I." 

Then all of a sudden there was a tremendous explosion of 
oaths and other noises the chair and table went over in a lump, 
a clash of steel followed, and then a cry of pain, and the next 
instant I saw Black Dog in full flight, and the captain hotly 
pursuing, both with drawn cutlasses, and the former streaming 
blood from the left shoulder. Just at the door the captain 
aimed at the fugitive one last tremendous cut, which would 

[14] 




THE NEXT INSTANT I SAW BLACK DOG IN FULL FLIGHT 



TREASURE ISLAND 

certainly have split him to the chin had it not been intercepted 
by our big sign-board of Admiral Benbow. You may see the 
notch on the lower side of the frame to this day. 

The blow was the last of the battle. Once out upon the road, 
Black Dog, in spite of his wound, showed a wonderful clean 
pair of heels, and disappeared over the edge of the hill in half 
a minute. The captain, for his part, stood staring at the sign- 
board like a bewildered man. Then he passed his hand over 
his eyes several times, and at last turned back into the house. 

"Jim," says he, "rum"; and as he spoke he reeled a little, 
and caught himself with one hand against the wall. 

"Are you hurt?" cried I. 

"Rum," he repeated. 'I must get away from here. Rum! 

i" 
rum! 

I ran to fetch it; but I was quite unsteadied by all that had 
fallen out, and I broke one glass and fouled the tap, and while 
I was still getting in my own way I heard a loud fall in the 
parlor and, running in, beheld the captain lying full length 
upon the floor. At the same instant my mother, alarmed by 
the cries and fighting, came running down-stairs to help me. 
Between us we raised his head. He was breathing very loud 
and hard; but his eyes were closed and his face a horrible 
color. 

"Dear, deary me!" cried my mother, "what a disgrace upon 
the house! And your poor father sick!" 

In the mean time we had no idea what to do to help the cap- 
tain, nor any other thought but that he had got his death-hurt 
in the scuffle with the stranger. I got the rum, to be sure, and 
tried to put it down his throat; but his teeth were tightly shut, 
and his jaws as strong as iron. It was a happy relief for us 
when the door opened and Dr. Livesey came in on his visit to 
my father. 

"Oh, Doctor," we cried, "what shall we do? Where is he 
wounded?" 

"Wounded? A fiddle-stick's end!" said the doctor. "No 
more wounded than you or I. The man has had a stroke, as 



TREASURE ISLAND 

I warned him. Now, Mrs. Hawkins, just you run up-stairs to 
your husband, and tell him, if possible, nothing about it. For 
my part, I must do my best to save this fellow's trebly worth- 
less life; and Jim here will get me a basin." 

When I got back with the basin the doctor had already ripped 
up the captain's sleeve and exposed his great sinewy arm. It 
was tattooed in several places. "Here's luck," "A fair wind," 
and "Billy Bones his fancy," were very neatly and clearly 
executed on the forearm; and up near the shoulder there was a 
sketch of a gallows and a man hanging from it done, as I thought, 
with great spirit. 

"Prophetic," said the doctor, touching this picture with his 
finger. "And now, Master Billy Bones, if that be your name, 
we'll have a look at the color of your blood. Jim," he said, 
"are you afraid of blood?" 

"No, sir," said I. 

'Well, then," said he, "you hold the basin"; and with that 
he took his lancet and opened a vein. 

A great deal of blood was taken before the captain opened 
his eyes and looked mistily about him. First he recognized 
the doctor with an unmistakable frown; then his glance fell 
upon me, and he looked relieved. But suddenly his color 
changed, and he tried to raise himself, crying: 

"Where's Black Dog?" 

'There's no Black Dog here," said the doctor, "except what 
you have on your own back. You have been drinking rum; 
you have had a stroke, precisely as I told you; and I have just, 
very much against my own will, dragged you head foremost 
out of the grave. Now, Mr. Bones " 

'That's not my name," he interrupted. 

"Much I care," returned the doctor. "It's the name of a 
bucaneer of my acquaintance; and I call you by it for the sake 
of shortness, and what I have to say to you is this: one glass 
of rum won't kill you, but if you take one you'll take another 
and another, and I stake my wig if you don't break off short 
you'll die do you understand that? die, and go to your own 

[18] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

place, like the man in the Bible. Come, now, make an effort. 
I'll help you to your bed for once." 

Between us, with much trouble, we managed to hoist him 
up-stairs, and laid him on his bed, where his head fell back on 
the pillow as if he were almost fainting. 

"Now, mind you," said the doctor, "I clear my conscience 
-the name of rum for you is death." 

And with that he went off to see my father, taking me with 
him by the arm. 

'This is nothing," he said, as soon as he had closed the door. 
'I have drawn blood enough to keep him quiet awhile; he should 
lie for a week where he is that is the best thing for him and you; 
but another stroke would settle him.' 





THE BLACK SPOT 

BOUT noon I stopped at the captain's door 
with some cooling drinks and medicines. 
He was lying very much as we had left him, 
only a little higher, and he seemed both 
weak and excited. 

'Jim," he said, "you're the only one 
here that's worth anything; and you know 
I've been always good to you. Never a month but I've given 
you a silver fourpenny for yourself. And now you see, mate, 
I'm pretty low, and deserted by all; and, Jim, you'll bring me 
one noggin of rum, now, won't you, matey?" 
'The doctor I began. 

But he broke in cursing the doctor, in a feeble voice, but 
heartily. "Doctors is all swabs," he said; "and that doctor 
there, why, what do he know about seafaring men? I been in 
places hot as pitch, and mates dropping round with Yellow Jack, 
and the blessed land a-heaving like the sea with earthquakes 
what do the doctor know of lands like that? and I lived on 
rum, I tell you. It's been meat and drink, and man and wife to 
me; and if I'm not to have my rum, now I'm a poor old hulk 
on a lee shore, my blood '11 be on you, Jim, and that doctor swab"; 

[20] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

and he ran on again for a while with curses. 'Look, Jim, how 
my fingers fidget," he continued, in the pleading tone. ''I 
can't keep 'em still, not I. I haven't had a drop this blessed 
day. That doctor's a fool, I tell you. If I don't have a drain 
o' rum, Jim, I'll have the horrors; I seen some on 'em already. 
I seen old Flint in the corner there behind you; as plain as print, 
I seen him; and if I get the horrors, I'm a man that has lived 
rough, and I'll raise Cain. Your doctor hisself said one glass 

wouldn't hurt me. I'll give you a golden guinea for a noggin, 

Jj 
im. 

He was growing more and more excited, and this alarmed 
me for my father, who was very low that day, and needed quiet; 
besides, I was reassured by the doctor's words, now quoted to 
me, and rather offended by the offer of a bribe. 

"I want none of your money," said I, "but what you owe my 
father. I'll get you one glass, and no more." 

When I brought it to him he seized it greedily and drank it 
out. 

"Ay, ay," said he, "that's some better, sure enough. And 
now, matey, did that doctor say how long I was to lie here in 
this old berth?" 

"A week at least," said I. 

"Thunder!" he cried. "A week! I can't do that; they'd 
have the black spot on me by then. The lubbers is going about 
to get the wind of me in this blessed moment; lubbers as couldn't 
keep what they got, and want to nail what is another's. Is 
that seamanly behavior, now, I want to know? But I'm a 
saving soul. I never wasted good money of mine, nor lost it, 
neither; and I'll trick 'em again. I'm not afraid on 'em. I'll 
shake out another reef, matey, and daddle 'em again." 

As he was thus speaking he had risen from bed with great 
difficulty, holding to my shoulder with a grip that almost made 
me cry out, and moving his legs like so much dead weight. His 
words, spirited as they were in meaning, contrasted sadly with 
the weakness of the voice in which they were uttered. He 
paused when he had got into a sitting position on the edge. 

[21] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

"That doctor's done me," he murmured. "My ears is sing- 
ing. Lay me back." 

Before I could do much to help him he had fallen back again 
to his former place, where he lay for a while silent. 

"Jim," he said, at length, "you saw that seafaring man to-day?" 

"Black Dog?" I asked. 

"Ah! Black Dog," says he. "He's a bad un; but there's 
worse that put him on. Now, if I can't get away nohow, and 
they tip me the black spot, mind you, it's my old sea-chest 
they're after; you get on a horse you can, can't you? Well, 
then, you get on a horse, and go to well, yes, I will! to that 
eternal doctor swab, and tell him to pipe all hands magistrates 
and sich and he'll lay 'em aboard at the 'Admiral Benbow' 
all old Flint's crew, man and boy, all on 'em that's left. I was 
first mate, I was, old Flint's first mate, and I'm the on'y one as 
knows the place. He gave it me to Savannah, when he lay 
a-dying, like as if I was to now, you see. But you won't peach 
unless they get the black spot on me, or unless you see that 
Black Dog again, or a seafaring man with one leg, Jim him 
above all." 

"But what is the black spot, Captain?" I asked. 

"That's a summons, mate. I'll tell you if they get that. 
But you keep your weather-eye open, Jim, and I'll share with 
you equals, upon my honor." 

He wandered a little longer, his voice growing weaker; but 
soon after I had given him his medicine, which he took like a 
child, with the remark, "If ever a seaman wanted drugs, it's 
me," he fell at last into a heavy, swoonlike sleep, in which I 
left him. What I should have done had all gone well I do not 
know. Probably I should have told the whole story to the doc- 
tor; for I was in mortal fear lest the captain should repent of 
his confessions and make an end of me. But as things fell out, 
my poor father died quite suddenly that evening, which put 
all other matters on one side. Our natural distress, the visits 
of the neighbors, the arranging of the funeral, and all the work 
of the inn to be carried on in the mean while, kept me so busy 

[22] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

that I had scarcely time to think of the captain, far less to be 
afraid of him. 

He got down-stairs next morning, to be sure, and had his meals 
as usual, though he ate little, and had more, I am afraid, than his 
usual supply of rum, for he helped himself out of the bar, scowling 
and blowing through his nose, and no one dared to cross him. 
On the night before the funeral he was as drunk as ever; and it 
was shocking in that house of mourning to hear him singing away 
at his ugly old sea-song; but, weak as he was, we were all in 
fear of death for him, and the doctor was suddenly taken up with 
a case many miles away, and was never near the house after my 
father's death. I have said the captain was weak; and indeed 
he seemed rather to grow weaker than regain his strength. 
He clambered up and down stairs, and went from the parlor 
to the bar and back again, and sometimes put his nose out of 
doors to smell the sea, holding on to the walls as he went for 
support, and breathing hard and fast like a man on a steep 
mountain. He never particularly addressed me, and it is my 
belief he had as good as forgotten his confidences; but his tem- 
per was more flighty, and, allowing for his bodily weakness, 
more violent than ever. He had an alarming way now, when 
he was drunk, of drawing his cutlass and laying it bare before 
him on the table. But, with all that, he minded people less, 
and seemed shut up in his own thoughts and rather wandering. 
Once, for instance, to our extreme wonder, he piped up to a 
different air, a kind of country love-song that he must have 
learned in his youth before he had begun to follow the sea. 

So things passed until the day after the funeral, and about 
three o'clock of a bitter, foggy, frosty afternoon I was standing at 
the door for a moment, full of sad thoughts about my father, when 
I saw some one drawing slowly near along the road. He was 
plainly blind, for he tapped before him with a stick, and wore 
a great green shade over his eyes and nose; and he was hunched, 
as if with age or weakness, and wore a huge old tattered sea-cloak 
with a hood, that made him appear positively deformed. I 
never saw in my life a more dreadful-looking figure. He stopped 

[23] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

a little from the inn, and, raising his voice in an odd singsong, 
addressed the air in front of him: 

"Will any kind friend inform a poor blind man, who has lost 
the precious sight of his eyes in the gracious defense of his na- 
tive country, England, and God bless King George! where or 
in what part of this country he may now be?" 

"You are at the 'Admiral Benbow,' Black Hill Cove, my 
good man," said I. 

"I hear a voice," said he "a young voice. Will you give 
your hand, my kind young friend, and lead me in?" 

I held out my hand, and the horrible, soft-spoken, eyeless 
creature gripped it in a moment like a vise. I was so much startled 
that I struggled to withdraw; but the blind man pulled me 
close up to him with a single action of his arm. 

"Now, boy," he said, "take me in to the captain." 

"Sir," said I, "upon my word I dare not." 

"Oh," he sneered, "that's it! Take me in straight or I'll 
break your arm." 

And he gave it as he spoke a wrench that made me cry out. 

"Sir," I said, "it is for yourself I mean. The captain is not 
what he used to be. He sits with a drawn cutlass. Another 
gentleman " 

"Come, now, march," interrupted he; and I never heard a 
voice so cruel and cold and ugly as that blind man's. It cowed 
me more than the pain, and I began to obey him at once, walk- 
ing straight in at the door and toward the parlor where our 
sick old bucaneer was sitting, dazed with rum. The blind 
man clung close to me, holding me in one iron fist and leaning 
almost more of his weight on me than I could carry. ''Lead me 
straight up to him, and when I'm in view cry out, 'Here's a 
friend for you, Bill.' If you don't, I'll do this"; and with that 
he gave me a twitch that I thought would have made me faint. 
Between this and that I was so utterly terrified of the blind 
beggar that I forgot my terror of the captain, and as I opened 
the parlor door cried out the words he had ordered in a trem- 
bling voice. 

[24] 




w 

CQ 

O 
co 

O 



H 
co 



ffi 

H 

fe 

W 



O 

H 
P 

O 

H 

^ 
W 



w 
K 
H 

W 
O 
O 

H-) 

W 

^ 

O 
H 



TREASURE ISLAND 

The poor captain raised his eyes, and at one look the rum 
went out of him and left him staring sober. The expression 
of his face was not so much of terror as of mortal sickness. He 
made a movement to rise, but I do not believe he had enough 
force left in his body. 

"Now, Bill, sit where you are," said the beggar. "If I can't 
see, I can hear a finger stirring. Business is business. Hold 
out your right hand. Boy, take his right hand by the wrist, and 
bring it near to my right." 

We both obeyed him to the letter, and I saw him pass some- 
thing from the hollow of the hand that held his stick into the 
palm of the captain's, which closed upon it instantly. 

"And now that's done," said the blind man; and at the words 
he suddenly left hold of me, and, with incredible accuracy and 
nimbleness, skipped out of the parlor and into the road, where, 
as I still stood motionless, I could hear his stick go tap-tap- 
tapping into the distance. 

It was some time before either I or the captain seemed to 
gather our senses; but at length, and about at the same moment, 
I released his wrist, which I was still holding, and he drew in 
his hand and looked sharply into the palm. 

"Ten o'clock!" he cried. "Six hours. We'll do them yet"; 
and he sprang to his feet. 

Even as he did so, he reeled, put his hand to his throat, stood 
swaying for a moment, and then, with a peculiar sound, fell 
from his whole height face foremost to the floor. 

I ran to him at once, calling to my mother. But haste was 
all in vain. The captain had been struck dead by thundering 
apoplexy. It is a curious thing to understand, for I had certainly 
never liked the man, though of late I had begun to pity him, 
but as soon as I saw that he was dead I burst into a flood of 
tears. It was the second death I had known, and the sorrow 
of the first was still fresh in my heart. 








THE SEA-CHEST 



LOST no time, of course, in telling my 
mother all that I knew, and perhaps should 
have told her long before, and we saw our- 
selves at once in a difficult and dangerous 
position. Some of the man's money if he 
had any was certainly due to us; but it 
was not likely that our captain's shipmates, 
above all the two specimens seen by me, Black Dog and the 
blind beggar, r ould be inclined to give up their booty in pay- 
ment of the dead man's debts. The captain's order to mount 
at once and ride for Dr. Livesey would have left my mother 
alone and unprotected, which was not to be thought of. In- 
deed, it seemed impossible for either of us to remain much longer 
in the house: the fall of coals in the kitchen grate, the very 
ticking of the clock, filled us with alarms. The neighborhood, 
to our ears, seemed haunted by approaching footsteps; and 
what between the dead body of the captain on the parlor floor 
and the thought of that detestable blind beggar hovering near 
at hand, and ready to return, there were moments when, as the 
saying goes, I jumped in my skin for terror. Something must 
speedily be resolved upon; and it occurred to us at last to go 
forth together and seek help in the neighboring hamlet. No 

[28] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

sooner said than done. Bareheaded as we were, we ran out 
at once in the gathering evening and the frosty fog. 

The hamlet lay not many hundred yards away, though out of 
view, on the other side of the next cove; and what greatly en- 
couraged me, it was in an opposite direction from that whence 
the blind man had made his appearance and whither he had 
presumably returned. We were not many minutes on the 
road, though we sometimes stopped to lay hold of each other 
and harken. But there was no unusual sound nothing but 
the low wash of the ripple and the croaking of the crows in the 
wood. 

It was already candle-light when we reached the hamlet, and 
I shall never forget how much I was cheered to see the yellow 
shine in doors and windows; but that, as it proved, was the 
best of the help we were likely to get in that quarter. For 
you would have thought men would have been ashamed of them- 
selves no soul would consent to return with us to the "Admiral 
Benbow." The more we told of our troubles, the more man, 
woman, and child they clung to the shelter of their houses. 
The name of Captain Flint, though it was strange to me, was 
well enough known to some there and carried a great weight of 
terror. Some of the men who had been to field-work on the far 
side of the "Admiral Benbow" remembered, besides, to have 
seen several strangers on the road, and, taking them to be smug- 
glers, to have bolted away; and one at least had seen a little 
lugger in what we called Kitt's Hole. For that matter, any 
one who was a comrade of the captain's was enough to frighten 
them to death. And the short and the long of the matter was, 
that while we could get several who were willing enough to ride 
to Dr. Livesey's, which lay in another direction, not one would 
help us to defend the inn. 

They say cowardice is infectious; but then argument is, on 
the other hand, a great emboldener; and so when each had said 
his say my mother made them a speech. She would not, she 
declared, lose money that belonged to her fatherless boy. 'If 
none of the rest of you dare," she said, "Jim and I dare. Back 

[29] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

we will go, the way we came, and small thanks to you big, hulk- 
ing, chicken-hearted men. We'll have that chest open if we 
die for it. And I'll thank you for that bag, Mrs. Crossley, to 
bring back our lawful money in." 

Of course I said I would go with my mother; and of course 
they all cried out at our foolhardiness; but even then not a man 
would go along with us. All they would do was to give me a 
loaded pistol lest we were attacked, and to promise to have 
horses ready saddled, in case we were pursued on our return; 
while one lad was to ride forward to the doctor's in search of 
armed assistance. 

My heart was beating finely when we two set forth in the cold 
night upon this dangerous venture. A full moon was beginning 
to rise and peered redly through the upper edges of the fog, and 
this increased our haste, for it was plain, before we came forth 
again, that all would be as bright as day, and our departure 
exposed to the eyes of any watchers. We slipped along the 
hedges, noiseless and swift, nor did we see or hear anything to 
increase our terrors till, to our huge relief, the door of the "Ad- 
miral Benbow" had closed behind us. 

I slipped the bolt at once, and we stood and panted for a 
moment in the dark, alone in the house with the dead captain's 
body. Then my mother got a candle in the bar, and, holding 
each other's hands, we advanced into the parlor. He lay as we 
had left him, on his back, with his eyes open and one arm stretched 
out. 

"Draw down the blind, Jim," whispered my mother; "they 
might come and watch outside. And now," said she, when I 
had done so, "we have to get the key off that; and who's to 
touch it, I should like to know!" and she gave a kind of sob as 
she said the words. 

I went down on my knees at once. On the floor close to his 
hand there was a little round of paper, blackened on the one 
side. I could not doubt that this was the black spot; and taking 
it up, I found written on the other side, in a very good clear 
hand, this short message: "You have till ten to-night." 

[30] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

"He had till ten, mother," said I; and just as I said it our 
old clock began striking. This sudden noise startled us shock- 
ingly; but the news was good, for it was only six. 

"Now, Jim," she said, "that key." 

I felt in his pockets, one after another. A few small coins, 
a thimble, and some thread and big needles, a piece of pigtail 
tobacco bitten away at the end, his gully with a crooked handle, 
a pocket compass, and a tinder-box, were all that they contained, 
and I began to despair. 

"Perhaps it's round his neck," suggested my mother. 

Overcoming a strong repugnance, I tore open his shirt at the 
neck, and there, sure enough, hanging to a bit of tarry string, 
which I cut with his own gully, we found the key. At this 
triumph we were filled with hope, and hurried up-stairs without 
delay to the little room where he had slept so long, and where 
his box had stood since the day of his arrival. 

It was like any other seaman's chest on the outside, the initial 
"B." burned on the top of it with a hot iron, and the corners 
somewhat smashed and broken as by long, rough usage. 

"Give me the key," said my mother; and though the lock 
was very stiff, she had turned it and thrown back the lid in a 
twinkling. 

A strong smell of tobacco and tar rose from the interior, but 
nothing was to be seen on the top except a suit of very good 
clothes, carefully brushed and folded. They had never been 
worn, my mother said. Under that the miscellany began a 
quadrant, a tin cannikin, several sticks of tobacco, two brace 
of very handsome pistols, a piece of bar silver, an old Spanish 
watch, and some other trinkets of little value and mostly of 
foreign make, a pair of compasses mounted with brass, and five 
or six curious West Indian shells. It has often set me thinking 
since that he should have carried about these shells with him 
in his wandering, guilty, and hunted life. 

In the mean time we had found nothing of any value but the 
silver and the trinkets, but neither of these were in our way. 
Underneath there was an old boat-cloak, whitened with sea- 

[31) 



TREASURE ISLAND 

salt on many a harbor bar. My mother pulled it up with im- 
patience, and there lay before us, the last thing in the chest, 
a bundle tied up in oilcloth, and looking like papers, and a can- 
vas bag that gave forth, at a touch, the jingle of gold. 

"I'll show these rogues that I'm an honest woman," said my 
mother. " I'll have my dues, and not a farthing over. Hold Mrs. 
Crossley's bag." And she began to count over the amount of 
the captain's score from the sailor's bag into the one that I was 
holding. 

It was a long, difficult business, for the coins were of all coun- 
tries and sizes doubloons, and louis-d'ors, and guineas, and pieces 
of eight, and I know not what besides, all shaken together at 
random. The guineas, too, were about the scarcest, and it 
was with these only that my mother knew how to make her 
count. 

When we were about half-way through I suddenly put my 
hand upon her arm; for I had heard in the silent, frosty air 
a sound that brought my heart into my mouth the tap-tapping 
of the blind man's stick upon the frozen road. It drew nearer 
and nearer, while we sat holding our breath. Then it struck 
sharp on the inn door, and then we could hear the handle being 
turned, and the bolt rattling as the wretched being tried to enter; 
and then there was a long time of silence both within and with- 
out. At last the tapping recommenced, and, to our indescrib- 
able joy and gratitude, died slowly away again until it ceased 
to be heard. 

"Mother," said I, "take the whole and let's be going"; for 
I was sure the bolted door must have seemed suspicious, and 
would bring the whole hornet's nest about our ears; though 
how thankful I was that I had bolted it none could tell who had 
never met that terrible blind man. 

But my mother, frightened as she was, would not consent to 
take a fraction more than was due to her, and was obstinately 
unwilling to be content with less. It was not yet seven, she said, 
by a long way; she knew her rights and she would have them; 
and she was still arguing with me when a little low whistle 

[32] 




AND SHE BEGAN TO COUNT THE CAPTAIN'S SCORE 

FROM THE SAILOR'S BAG 



TREASURE ISLAND 

sounded a good way off upon the hill. That was enough, and 
more than enough, for both of us. 

"I'll take what I have," she said, jumping to her feet. 

"And I'll take this to square the count," said I, picking up 
the oilskin packet. 

Next moment we were both groping down-stairs, leaving the 
candle by the empty chest; and the next we had opened the 
door and were in full retreat. We had not started a moment 
too soon. The fog was rapidly dispersing; already the moon 
shone quite clear on the high ground on either side; and it was 
only on the exact bottom of the dell and round the tavern door 
that a thin veil still hung unbroken to conceal the first steps 
of our escape. Far less than half-way to the hamlet, very little 
beyond the bottom of the hill, we must come forth into the 
moonlight. Nor was this all; for the sound of several footsteps 
running came already to our ears, and as we looked back in their 
direction, a light tossing to and fro and still rapidly advancing 
showed that one of the new-comers carried a lantern. 

"My dear," said my mother, suddenly, "take the money and 
run on. I am going to faint." 

This was certainly the end for both of us, I thought. How 1 
cursed the cowardice of the neighbors; how I blamed my poor 
mother for her honesty and her greed, for her past foolhardiness 
and present weakness! 

We were just at the little bridge, by good fortune, and I helped 
her, tottering as she was, to the edge of the bank, where, sure 
enough, she gave a sigh and fell on my shoulder. I do not 
know how I found the strength to do it at all, and I am afraid 
it was roughly done; but I managed to drag her down the bank 
and a little way under the arch. Farther I could not move her, 
for the bridge was too low to let me do more than crawl below it. 
So there we had to stay my mother almost entirely exposed, 
and both of us within earshot of the inn. 





THE LAST OF THE BLIND MAN 

Y curiosity, in a sense, was stronger than 
my fear; for I could not remain where I was, 
but crept back to the bank again, whence, 
sheltering my head behind a bush of broom, 
I might command the road before our door. 
I was scarcely in position ere my enemies 
began to arrive, seven or eight of them, run- 
ning hard, their feet beating out of time along the road, and the 
man with the lantern some paces in front. Three men ran to- 
gether, hand in hand; and I made out, even through the mist, 
that the middle man of this trio was the blind beggar. The 
next moment his voice showed me that I was right. 
'Down with the door!" he cried. 

"Ay, ay, sir!" answered two or three; and a rush was made 
upon the "Admiral Benbow," the lantern-bearer following; 
and then I could see them pause, and hear speeches passed in a 
lower key, as if they were surprised to find the door open. But 
the pause was brief, for the blind man again issued his commands. 
His voice sounded louder and higher, as if he were afire with 
eagerness and rage. 

"In, in, in!" he shouted, and cursed them for their delay. 

[361 



TREASURE ISLAND 

Four or five of them obeyed at once, two remaining on the 
road with the formidable beggar. There was a pause, then a 
cry of surprise, and then a voice shouting from the house: 

"Bill's dead!" 

But the blind man swore at them again for their delay. 

"Search him, some of you shirking lubbers, and the rest of 
you aloft and get the chest," he cried. 

I could hear their feet rattling up our old stairs, so that the 
house must have shook with it. Promptly afterward fresh 
sounds of astonishment arose; the window of the captain's 
room was thrown open with a slam and a jingle of broken glass, 
and a man leaned out into the moonlight, head and shoulders, 
and addressed the blind beggar on the road below him. 

"Pew," he cried, "they've been before us. Some one's turned 
the chest out alow and aloft." 

"Is it there?" roared Pew. 

"The money's there." 

The blind man cursed the money. "Flint's fist, I mean," 
he cried. 

"We don't see it here nohow," returned the man. 

"Here, you below there, is it on Bill?" cried the blind man 
again. 

At that, another fellow, probably he who had remained be- 
low to search the captain's body, came to the door of the inn. 
"Bill's been overhauled a'ready," said he, "nothin' left." 

"It's these people of the inn it's that boy. I wish I had put 
his eyes out!" cried the blind man, Pew. 'They were here no 
time ago; they had the door bolted when I tried it. Scatter, 
lads, and find 'em." 

"Sure enough, they've left their glim here," said the fellow 
from the window. 

"Scatter and find 'em! Rout the house out!" reiterated Pew, 
striking with his stick upon the road. 

Then there followed a great to-do through all our old inn, 
heavy feet pounding to and fro, furniture thrown over, doors 
kicked in, until the very rocks re-echoed, and the men came 

l37l 



TREASURE ISLAND 

out again, one after another, on the road, and declared that we 
were nowhere to be found. And just then the same whistle 
that had alarmed my mother and myself over the dead captain's 
money was once more clearly audible through the night, but 
this time twice repeated. I had thought it to be the blind man's 
trumpet, so to speak, summoning his crew to the assault; but 
I now found that it was a signal from the hillside toward the 
hamlet, and, from its effect upon the bucaneers, a signal to 
warn them of approaching danger. 

"There's Dirk again," said one. "Twice! We'll have to budge, 



mates.' 



! ' Budge, you skulk!" cried Pew. 'Dirk was a fool and a 
coward from the first you wouldn't mind him. They must 
be close by; they can't be far; you have your hands on it. 
Scatter and look for them, dogs! Oh, shiver my soul," he cried, 
"if I had eyes!" 

This appeal seemed to produce some effect, for two of the fel- 
lows began to look here and there among the lumber, but half- 
heartedly, I thought, and with half an eye to their own danger 
all the time, while the rest stood irresolute on the road. 

'You have your hands on thousands, you fools, and you hang 
a leg! You'd be as rich as kings if you could find it, and you 
know it's here, and you stand there malingering. There wasn't 
one of you dared face Bill, and I did it a blind man! And I'm 
to lose my chance through you! I'm to be a poor, crawling 
beggar, sponging for rum, when I might be rolling in a coach! 
If you had the pluck of a weevil in a biscuit you would catch 
them still." 

"Hang it, Pew, we've got the doubloons!" grumbled one. 

"They might have hid the blessed thing," said another. 
"Take the Georges, Pew, and don't stand here squalling." 

Squalling was the word for it, Pew's anger rose so high at these 
objections; till at last, his passion completely taking the upper 
hand, he struck at them right and left in his blindness, and his 
stick sounded heavily on more than one. 

These in their turn cursed back at the blind miscreant, threat- 

[38] 







w 

Q 

I I 

H-J 

CQ 
C/3 

HH 

ffi 

^ 
HH 

H 

-J 
Q 

H 
O 



ffi 
H 

H 



U 



H 

C/3 



TREASURE ISLAND 

ened him in horrid terms, and tried in vain to catch the stick 
and wrest it from his grasp. 

This quarrel was the saving of us; for while it was still raging, 
another sound came from the top of the hill on the side of the 
hamlet the tramp of horses galloping. Almost at the same 
time a pistol-shot, flash and report, came from the hedge-side. 
And that was plainly the last signal of danger; for the bucaneers 
turned at once and ran, separating in every direction, one sea- 
ward along the cove, one slant across the hill, and so on, so that 
in half a minute not a sign of them remained but Pew. Him 
they had deserted, whether in sheer panic or out of revenge 
for his ill words and blows, I know not; but there he re- 
mained behind, tapping up and down the road in a frenzy, 
and groping and calling for his comrades. Finally he took 
the wrong turn, and ran a few steps past me, toward the 
hamlet, crying: 

"Johnny, Black Dog, Dirk," and other names, "you won't 
leave old Pew, mates not old Pew!" 

Just then the noise of horses topped the rise, and four or five 
riders came in sight in the moonlight, and swept at full gallop 
down the slope. 

At this Pew saw his error, turned with a scream, and ran 
straight for the ditch, into which he rolled. But he was on his 
feet again in a second, and made another dash, now utterly 
bewildered, right under the nearest of the coming horses. 

The rider tried to save him, but in vain. Down went Pew 
with a cry that rang into the night; and the four hoofs trampled 
and spurned him and passed by. He fell on his side, then 
gently collapsed upon his face and moved no more. 

I leaped to my feet and hailed the riders. They were pulling 
up at any rate, horrified at the accident; and I soon saw what 
they were. One, tailing out behind the rest, was a lad that 
had gone from the hamlet to Dr. Livesey's; the rest were revenue 
officers, whom he had met by the way, and with whom he had 
had the intelligence to return at once. Some news of the lugger 
in Kitt's Hole had found its way to Supervisor Dance, and set 

4 [41] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

him forth that night in our direction, and to that circumstance 
my mother and I owed our preservation from death. 

Pew was dead, stone-dead. As for my mother, when we had 
carried her up to the hamlet, a little cold water and salts and 
that soon brought her back again, and she was none the worse 
for her terror, though she still continued to deplore the balance 
of the money. In the mean time the supervisor rode on, as fast 
as he could, to Kitt's Hole; but his men had to dismount and 
grope down the dingle, leading, and sometimes supporting, 
their horses, and in continual fear of ambushes; so it was no 
great matter for surprise that when they got down to the Hole 
the lugger was already under way, though still close in. He 
hailed her. A voice replied, telling him to keep out of the moon- 
light or he would get some lead in him, and at the same time 
a bullet whistled close by his arm. Soon after the lugger doubled 
the point and disappeared. Mr. Dance stood there, as he said, 
"like a fish out of water," and all he could do was to despatch 

a man to B to warn the cutter. "And that," said he, "is just 

about as good as nothing. They've got off clean, and there's 
an end. Only," he added, "I'm glad I trod on Master Pew's 
corns"; for by this time he had heard my story. 

I went with him to the "Admiral Benbow," and you cannot 
imagine a house in such a state of smash; the very clock had 
been thrown down by these fellows in their furious hunt after 
my mother and myself; and though nothing had actually been 
taken away except the captain's money-bag and a little silver 
from the till, I could see at once that we were ruined. Mr. 
Dance could make nothing of the scene. 

"They got the money, you say? Well, then, Hawkins, what 
in fortune were they after? More money, I suppose?" 

"No, sir; not money, I think," replied I. 'In fact, sir, I be- 
lieve I have the thing in my breast pocket; and, to tell you the 
truth, I should like to get it put in safety." 

"To be sure, boy; quite right," said he. "I'll take it, if you 
like." 

"I thought, perhaps, Dr. Livesey " I began. 

[42] " 



TREASURE ISLAND 

"Perfectly right," he interrupted very cheerily, "perfectly 
right a gentleman and a magistrate. And, now I come to 
think of it, I might as well ride round there myself and report 
to him or squire. Master Pew's dead, when all's done; not that 
I regret it, but he's dead, you see, and people will make it out 
against an officer of his Majesty's revenue, if make it out they 
can. Now, I tell you, Hawkins: if you like, I'll take you along.'' 

I thanked him heartily for the offer, and we walked back to 
the hamlet where the horses were. By the time I had told mother 
of my purpose they were all in the saddle. 

"Dogger," said Mr. Dance, "you have a good horse; take up 
this lad behind you." 

As soon as I was mounted, holding on to Dogger's belt, the 
supervisor gave the word, and the party struck out at a bouncing 
trot on to the road to Dr. Livesey's house. 





THE CAPTAIN S PAPERS 

E rode hard all the way, till we drew up before 
Dr. Livesey's door. The house was all dark 
to the front. 

Mr. Dance told me to jump down and 
knock, and Dogger gave me a stirrup to de- 
scend by. The door was opened almost at 
once by the maid. 
'Is Dr. Livesey in?" I asked. 
No, she said; he had come home in the afternoon, but had 
gone up to the Hall to dine and pass the evening with the squire. 
"So there we go, boys," said Mr. Dance. 

This time, as the distance was short, I did not mount, but ran 
with Dogger's stirrup-leather to the lodge gates, and up the long 
leafless, moonlit avenue to where the white line of the Hall build- 
ings looked on either hand on great old gardens. Here Mr. 
Dance dismounted and, taking me along with him, was ad- 
mitted at a word into the house. 

The servant led us down a matted passage, and showed us at 
the end into a great library, all lined with bookcases and busts 
upon the top of them, where the squire and Dr. Livesey sat, 
pipe in hand, on either side of a bright fire. 

[44] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

I had never seen the squire so near at hand. He was a tall 
man, over six feet high, and broad in proportion, and he had a 
bluff, rough-and-ready face, all roughened and reddened and 
lined in his long travels. His eyebrows were very black, and 
moved readily, and this gave him a look of some temper, not bad, 
you would say, but quick and high. 

"Come in, Mr. Dance," says he, very stately and condescending. 

"Good evening, Dance," says the doctor, with a nod. "And 
good evening to you, friend Jim. What good wind brings you 
here?" 

The supervisor stood up straight and stiff, and told his story 
like a lesson; and you should have seen how the two gentlemen 
leaned forward and looked at each other, and forgot to smoke 
in their surprise and interest. When they heard how my mother 
went back to the inn, Dr. Livesey fairly slapped his thigh, and 
the squire cried "Bravo!" and broke his long pipe against the 
grate. Long before it was done, Mr. Trelawney (that, you 
will remember, was the squire's name) had got up from his 
seat, and was striding about the room, and the doctor, as if to 
hear the better, had taken off his powdered wig, and sat there, 
looking very strange indeed with his own close-cropped, black 
poll. 

At last Mr. Dance finished the story. 

"Mr. Dance," said the squire, "you are a very noble fellow. 
And as for riding down that black, atrocious miscreant, I re- 
gard it as an act of virtue, sir, like stamping on a cockroach. 
This lad Hawkins is a trump, I perceive. Hawkins, will you 
ring that bell? Mr. Dance must have some ale." 

"And so, Jim," said the doctor, "you have the thing that they 
were after, have you?" 

"Here it is, sir," said I, and gave him the oilskin packet. 

The doctor looked it all over, as if his fingers were itching to 
open it; but, instead of doing that, he put it quietly in the pocket 
of his coat. 

"Squire," said he, "when Dance has had his ale he must, of 
course, be off on his Majesty's service; but I mean to keep Jim 

l4S] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

Hawkins here to sleep at my house, and, with your permission, 
I propose we should have up the cold pie, and let him sup." 

"As you will, Livesey," said the squire; "Hawkins has earned 
better than cold pie." 

So a big pigeon pie was brought in and put on a side-table, and 
I made a hearty supper, for I was as hungry as a hawk, while 
Mr. Dance was further complimented, and at last dismissed. 

"And now, Squire," said the doctor. 

"And now, Livesey," said the squire, in the same breath. 

"One at a time, one at a time," laughed Dr. Livesey. 'You 
have heard of this Flint, I suppose?" 

"Heard of him!" cried the squire. "Heard of him, you say! 
He was the bloodthirstiest bucaneer that sailed. Blackbeard 
was a child to Flint. The Spaniards were so prodigiously afraid 
of him, that, I tell you, sir, I was sometimes proud he was an 
Englishman. I've seen his topsails with these eyes, off Trinidad, 
and the cowardly son of a rum-puncheon that I sailed with put back 
put back, sir, into Port of Spain." 

"Well, I've heard of him myself, in England," said the doctor. 
"But the point is, had he money?" 

"Money!" cried the squire. "Have you heard the story? 
What were these villains after but money? What do they care 
for but money? For what would they risk their rascal carcasses 
but money?" 

'That we shall soon know," replied the doctor. 'But you 
are so confoundedly hot-headed and exclamatory that I cannot 
get a word in. What I want to know is this: Supposing that 
I have here in my pocket some clue to where Flint buried his treas- 
ure, will that treasure amount to much?" 

"Amount, sir!" cried the squire. "It will amount to this; 
if we have the clue you talk about, I fit out a ship in Bristol dock, 
and take you and Hawkins here along, and I'll have that treasure 
if I search a year." 

'Very well," said the doctor. "Now, then, if Jim is agreeable, 
we'll open the packet"; and he laid it before him on the table. 

The bundle was sewn together, and the doctor had to get out 

[46] 







THE DOCTOR OPENED THE SEALS WITH GREAT CARE, 
AND THERE FELL OUT THE MAP OF AN ISLAND 



TREASURE ISLAND 

his instrument-case and cut the stitches with his medical scissors. 
It contained two things a book and a sealed paper. 

"First of all we'll try the book," observed the doctor. 

The squire and I were both peering over his shoulder as he 
opened it, for Dr. Livesey had kindly motioned me to come round 
from the side-table, where I had been eating, to enjoy the sport 
of the search. On the first page there were only some scraps of 
writing, such as a man with a pen in his hand might make for 
idleness or practice. One was the same as the tattoo mark 
'Billy Bones his fancy" Then there were "Mr. W. Bones, mate"; 
"No more rum"; "Off Palm Key he got itt"; and some other 
snatches, mostly single words and unintelligible. I could not 
help wondering who it was that had "got itt," and what "itt" 
was that he got. A knife in his back as like as not. 

"Not much instruction there," said Dr. Livesey, as he passed 
on. 

The next ten or twelve pages were filled with a curious series 
of entries. There was a date at one end of the line and at the 
other a sum of money, as in common account-books; but in- 
stead of explanatory writing, only a varying number of crosses 
between the two. On the I2th of June, 1745, for instance, a 
sum of seventy pounds had plainly become due to some one, and 
there was nothing but six crosses to explain the cause. In a few 
cases, to be sure, the name of a place would be added, as "OfFe 
Caraccas"; or a mere entry of latitude and longitude, as "62 
if 20", 19 2' 40"." 

The record lasted over nearly twenty years, the amount of the 
separate entries growing larger as time went on, and at the end 
a grand total had been made out after five or six wrong additions, 
and these words appended, "Bones, his pile." 

'I can't make head or tail of this," said Dr. Livesey. 

'The thing is as clear as noonday," cried the squire. "This 
is the black-hearted hound's account-book. These crosses 
stand for the names of ships or towns that they sank or plun- 
dered. The sums are the scoundrel's share, and where he 
feared an ambiguity, you see he added something clearer. 'OfFe 

[491 



TREASURE ISLAND 

Caraccas,' now; you see, here was some unhappy vessel boarded 
off that coast. God help the poor souls that manned her coral 
long ago." 

"Right!" said the doctor. "See what it is to be a traveler. 
Right! And the amounts increase, you see, as he rose in 
rank." 

There was little else in the volume but a few bearings of places 
noted in the blank leaves toward the end, and a table for re- 
ducing French, English, and Spanish moneys to a common 
value. 

"Thrifty man!" cried the doctor. "He wasn't the one to be 
cheated." 

"And now," said the squire, "for the other." 

The paper had been sealed in several places with a thimble, 
by way of seal; the very thimble, perhaps, that I had found in 
the captain's pocket. The doctor opened the seals with great 
care, and there fell out the map of an island, with latitude and 
longitude, soundings, names of hills, and bays and inlets, and 
every particular that would be needed to bring a ship to a safe 
anchorage upon its shores. It was about nine miles long and 
five across, shaped, you might say, like a fat dragon standing up, 
and had two fine landlocked harbors, and a hill in the center, 
marked "The Spy-glass." There were several additions of a 
later date; but, above all, three crosses of red ink two on the 
north part of the island, one in the southwest, and, beside this 
last, in the same red ink, and in a small, neat hand very dif- 
ferent from the captain's tottery characters, these words: 
'Bulk of treasure here." 

Over on the back the same hand had written this further in- 
formation: 

Tall trees, Spy-glass shoulder, bearing a point to the N. of N.N.E. 

Skeleton Island E.S.E. and by E. 

Ten feet. 

The bar silver is in the north cache; you can find it by the trend of the 
east hummock, ten fathoms south of the black crag with the face on it. 

The arms are easy found, in the sand hill, N. point of north inlet cape, bearing 
E. and a quarter N. J. F. 

[SO] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

That was all; but, brief as it was, and, to me, incomprehensible, 
it filled the squire and Dr. Livesey with delight. 

"Livesey," said the squire, "you will gi ye U P tms wretched 
practice at once. To-morrow I start for Bristol. In three 
weeks' time three weeks! two weeks ten days we'll have 
the best ship, sir, and the choicest crew in England. Hawkins 
shall come as cabin-boy. You'll make a famous cabin-boy, 
Hawkins. You, Livesey, are ship's doctor; I am admiral. 
We'll take Redruth, Joyce, and Hunter. We'll have favorable 
winds, a quick passage, and not the least difficulty in finding the 
spot, and money to eat to roll in to play duck and drake with 
ever after." 

"Trelawney," said the doctor, "I'll go with you; and, I'll go 
bail for it, so will Jim, and be a credit to the undertaking. There's 
only one man I'm afraid of." 

"And who's that?" cried the squire. l< Name the dog, sir!" 

"You," replied the doctor; "for you cannot hold your tongue. 
We are not the only men who know of this paper. These fellows 
who attacked the inn to-night bold, desperate blades, for sure 
and the rest who stayed aboard that lugger, and more, I dare 
say, not far off, are, one and all, through thick and thin, bound 
that they'll get that money. We must none of us go alone till we 
get to sea. Jim and I shall stick together in the mean while; 
you'll take Joyce and Hunter when you ride to Bristol, and, 
from first to last, not one of us must breathe a word of what we've 
found." 

"Livesey," returned the squire, "you are always in the right 
of it. I'll be as silent as the grave." 




g ~"^ 

%s\ 



/ 



THE SEA-COOK 

^ V \V 






I GO TO BRISTOL 

F was longer than the squire imagined ere we 
were ready for the sea, and none of our first 
plans not even Dr. Livesey's, of keeping 
me beside him could be carried out as we 
intended. The doctor had to go to London 
for a physician to take charge of his practice; 
the squire was hard at work at Bristol; and 
I lived on at the Hall under the charge of old Redruth, the game- 
keeper, almost a prisoner, but full of sea-dreams and the most 
charming anticipations of strange islands and adventures. I 
brooded by the hour together over the map, all the details of 
which I well remembered. Sitting by the fire in the house- 
keeper's room, I approached that island, in my fancy, from 
every possible direction; I explored every acre of its surface; 
I climbed a thousand times to that tall hill they call the Spy-glass, 
and from the top enjoyed the most wonderful and changing 
prospects. Sometimes the isle was thick with savages, with whom 
we fought; sometimes full of dangerous animals that hunted us; 
but in all my fancies nothing occurred to me so strange and tragic 
as our actual adventures. 

So the weeks passed on till one fine day there came a letter 
addressed to Dr. Livesey, with this addition, "To be opened, in 
the case of his absence, by Tom Redruth, or young Hawkins." 

[55] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

Obeying this order, we found, or rather I found for the game- 
keeper was a poor hand at reading anything but print the 
following important news: 

Old Anchor Inn, Bristol, March I, 17 . 

DEAR LIVESEY, As I do not know whether you are at the Hall or still in 
London, I send this in double to both places. 

The ship is bought and fitted. She lies at anchor, ready for sea. You never 
imagined a sweeter schooner a child might sail her two hundred tons; name, 
Hispaniola. 

I got her through my old friend, Blandly, who has proved himself through- 
out the most surprising trump. The admirable fellow literally slaved in my 
interest, and so, I may say, did every one in Bristol, as soon as they got wind 
of the port we sailed for treasure, I mean. 

" Redruth," said I, interrupting the letter, "Dr. Livesey will 
not like that. The squire has been talking, after all." 

"Well, who's a better right?" growled the gamekeeper. "A 
pretty rum go if squire ain't to talk for Dr. Livesey, I should 
think." 

At that I gave up all commentary, and read straight on: 

Blandly himself found the Hispaniola, and by the most admirable manage- 
ment got her for the merest trifle. There is a class of men in Bristol mon- 
strously prejudiced against Blandly. They go the length of declaring that 
this honest creature would do anything for money, that the Hispaniola be- 
longed to him, and that he sold it me absurdly high the most transparent 
calumnies. None of them dare, however, to deny the merits of the ship. 

So far there was not a hitch. The work-people, to be sure riggers and 
what not were most annoyingly slow; but time cured that. It was the 
crew that troubled me. 

I wished a round score of men in case of natives, bucaneers, or the odious 
French and I had the worry of the deuce itself to find so much as half a dozen 
till the most remarkable stroke of fortune brought me to the very man that I 
required. 

I was standing on the dock when by the merest accident I fell in talk with 
him. I found he was an old sailor, kept a public-house, knew all the seafaring 
men in Bristol, had lost his health ashore, and wanted a good berth as cook to 
get to sea again. He had hobbled down there that morning, he said, to get a 
smell of the salt. 

I was monstrously touched so would you have been and, out of pure 
pity, I engaged him on the spot to be ship's cook. Long John Silver, he is 
called, and has lost a leg; but that I regarded as a recommendation, since he 

[56] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

lost it in his country's service under the immortal Hawke. He has no pen- 
sion, Livesey. Imagine the abominable age we live in! 

Well, sir, I thought I had only found a cook, but it was a crew I had dis- 
covered. Between Silver and myself we got together in a few days a company 
of the toughest old salts imaginable not pretty to look at, but fellows, by their 
faces, of the most indomitable spirit. I declare we could fight a frigate. 

Long John even got rid of two out of the six or seven I had already engaged. 
He showed me in a moment that they were just the fresh-water swabs we had 
to fear in an adventure of importance. 

I am in the most magnificent health and spirits, eating like a bull, sleeping 
like a tree, yet I shall not enjoy a moment till I hear my old tarpaulins tramp- 
ing round the capstan. Seaward ho! Hang the treasure! It's the glory 
of the sea that has turned my head. So now, Livesey, come post; do not lose 
an hour, if you respect me. 

Let young Hawkins go at once to see his mother, with Redruth for a guard; 
and then both come full speed to Bristol. JOHN TRELAWNEY. 

Postscript. I did not tell you that Blandly, who, by the way, is to send 
a consort after us if we don't turn up by the end of August, had found an ad- 
mirable fellow for sailing-master a stiff man, which I regret, but in all other 
respects, a treasure. Long John Silver unearthed a very competent man for 
a mate, a man named Arrow. I have a boatswain who pipes, Livesey; so 
things shall go man-o'-war fashion on board the good ship Hispaniola. 

I forgot to tell you that Silver is a man of substance; I know of my own 
knowledge that he has a banker's account, which has never been overdrawn. 
He leaves his wife to manage the inn; and as she is a woman of color, a pair 
of old bachelors like you and I may be excused for guessing that it is the wife 
quite as much as the health that sends him back to roving. J. T. 

P.P.S. Hawkins may stay one night with his mother. J. T. 

You can fancy the excitement into which that letter put me. 
I was half beside myself with glee; and if ever I despised a man 
it was old Tom Redruth, who could do nothing hut grumble and 
lament. Any of the under gamekeepers would gladly have 
changed places with him; but such was not the squire's pleasure, 
and the squire's pleasure was like law among them all. Nobody 
but old Redruth would have dared so much as even to grumble. 

The next morning he and I set out on foot for the "Admiral 
Benbow," and there I found my mother in good health and 
spirits. The captain, who had so long been a cause of so much 
discomfort, was gone where the wicked cease from troubling. 

5 [57] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

The squire had had everything repaired, and the public rooms 
and the sign repainted, and had added some furniture above 
all, a beautiful arm-chair for mother in the bar. He had found 
her a boy as an apprentice also, so that she should not want help 
while I was gone. 

It was on seeing that boy that I understood, for the first time, 
my situation. I had thought up to that moment of the adventures 
before me, not at all of the home I was leaving; and now at the 
sight of this clumsy stranger, who was to stay here in my place 
beside my mother, I had my first attack of tears. I am afraid 
I led that boy a dog's life; for as he was new to the work, I had 
a hundred opportunities of setting him right and putting him 
down, and I was not slow to profit by them. 

The night passed, and the next day, after dinner, Redruth and 
I were afoot again and on the road. I said good-by to mother 
and the cove where I had lived since I was born, and the dear 
old "Admiral Benbow" since he was repainted, no longer quite 
so dear. One of my last thoughts was of the captain, who had 
so often strode along the beach with his cocked hat, his saber-cut 
cheek, and his old brass telescope. Next moment we had turned 
the corner and my home was out of sight. 

The mail picked us up about dusk at the "Royal George" on 
the heath. I was wedged in between Redruth and a stout old 
gentleman, and in spite of the swift motion and the cold night air 
I must have dozed a great deal from the very first, and then slept 
like a log up hill and down dale through stage after stage; for 
when I was awakened at last it was by a punch in the ribs, and I 
opened my eyes to find that we were standing still before a large 
building in a city street, and that the day had already broken a 
long time. 

'Where are we?" I asked. 

" Bristol," said Tom. "Get down." 

Mr. Trelawney had taken up his residence at an inn far down 
the docks, to superintend the work upon the schooner. Thither 
we had now to walk, and our way, to my great delight, lay along 
the quays and beside the great multitude of ships of all sizes and 

[58] 






i 
















I SAID GOOD-BY TO MOTHER AND THE COVE AND 
TO DEAR OLD "ADMIRAL BENBOW" 



TREASURE ISLAND 

rigs and nations. In one, sailors were singing at their work; 
in another, there were men aloft, high over my head, hanging to 
threads that seemed no thicker than a spider's. Though I had 
lived by the shore all my life, I seemed never to have been near 
the sea till then. The smell of tar and salt was something new. 
I saw the most wonderful figureheads, that had all been far over 
the ocean. I saw, besides, many old sailors, with rings in their 
ears, and whiskers curled in ringlets, and tarry pigtails, and their 
swaggering, clumsy sea-walk; and if I had seen as many kings 
or archbishops I could not have been more delighted. 

And I was going to sea myself; to sea in a schooner, with a 
piping boatswain, and pigtailed singing seamen; to sea bound 
for an unknown island and to seek for buried treasures! 

While I was still in this delightful dream we came suddenly 
in front of a large inn, and met Squire Trelawney, all dressed out 
like a sea-officer, in stout blue cloth, coming out of the door with 
a smile on his face and a capital imitation of a sailor's walk. 

"Here you are," he cried, "and the doctor came last night from 
London. Bravo! the ship's company complete!" 

"Oh, sir," cried I, "when do we sail?" 

"Sail!" says he. "We sail to-morrow!" 





AT THE SIGN OF THE " SPY-GLASS " 

HEN I had done breakfasting the squire gave 
me a note addressed to John Silver, at the 
sign of the "Spy-glass," and told me I should 
easily find the place by following the line of 
the docks and keeping a bright lookout for 
a little tavern with a large brass telescope for 
sign. I set off, overjoyed at this opportunity 
to see some more of the ships and seamen, and picked my way 
among a great crowd of people and carts and bales, for the dock 
was now at its busiest, until I found the tavern in question. 

It was a bright enough little place of entertainment. The 
sign was newly painted; the windows had neat red curtains; 
the floor was cleanly sanded. There was a street on either side, 
and an open door on both, which made the large, low room pretty 
clear to see in, in spite of clouds of tobacco smoke. 

The customers were mostly seafaring men; and they talked 
so loudly that I hung at the door, almost afraid to enter. 

As I was waiting, a man came out of a side room, and, at a 
glance, I was sure he must be Long John. His left leg was cut 
off close by the hip, and under the left shoulder he carried a crutch, 
which he managed with wonderful dexterity, hopping about 
upon it like a bird. He was very tall and strong, with a face as 

[62] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

big as a ham plain and pale, but intelligent and smiling. In- 
deed, he seemed in the most cheerful spirits, whistling as he 
moved about among the tables, with a merry word or a slap on 
the shoulder for the more favored of his guests. 

Now, to tell you the truth, from the very first mention of Long 
John in Squire Trelawney's letter, I had taken a fear in my mind 
that he might prove to be the very one-legged sailor whom I 
had watched for so long at the old "Benbow." But one look 
at the man before me was enough. I had seen the captain, and 
Black Dog, and the blind man Pew, and I thought I knew what 
a bucaneer was like a very different creature, according to me, 
from this clean and pleasant-tempered landlord. 

I plucked up courage at once, crossed the threshold, and 
walked right up to the man where he stood, propped on his crutch, 
talking to a customer. 

"Mr. Silver, sir?" I asked, holding out the note. 

"Yes, my lad," said he; "such is my name, to be sure. 
And who may you be?" And then as he saw the squire's letter, 
he seemed to me to give something almost like a start. 

"Oh!" said he, quite loud, and offering his hand, "I see. 
You are our new cabin-boy; pleased I am to see you." 

And he took my hand in his large firm grasp. 

Just then one of the customers at the far side rose suddenly 
and made for the door. It was close by him, and he was out in 
the street in a moment. But his hurry had attracted my notice, 
and I recognized him at a glance. It was the tallow-faced 
man, wanting two fingers, who had come first to the "Admiral 
Benbow." 

"Oh," I cried, "stop him! it's Black Dog!" 

"I don't care two coppers who he is," cried Silver. "But 
he hasn't paid his score. Harry, run and catch him." 

One of the others who was nearest the door leaped up and 
started in pursuit. 

"If he were Admiral Hawke he shall pay his score," cried Silver; 
and then, relinquishing my hand "Who did you say he was?" 
he asked. "Black What?" 

[63] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

"Dog, sir," said I. "Has Mr. Trelawney not told you of the 
bucaneers? He was one of them." 

"So?" cried Silver. 'In my house! Ben, run and help 
Harry. One of those swabs, was he? Was that you drink- 
ing with him, Morgan ? Step up here." 

The man whom he called Morgan an old, gray-haired, 
mahogany-faced sailor came forward pretty sheepishly, rolling 
his quid. 

"Now, Morgan," said Long John, very sternly, "you never 
clapped your eyes on that Black Black Dog before, did you, 
now?" 

"Not I, sir," said Morgan, with a salute. 

"You didn't know his name, did you?" 

"No, sir." 

'By the powers, Tom Morgan, it's good for you!" exclaimed 
the landlord. "If you had been mixed up with the like of that, 
you would never have put another foot in my house, you may 
lay to that. And what was he saying to you?" 

"I don't rightly know, sir," answered Morgan. 

"Do you call that a head on your shoulders, or a blessed dead- 
eye?" cried Long John. "Don't rightly know, don't you! Per- 
haps you don't happen to rightly know who you was speaking 
to, perhaps? Come, now, what was he jawing v'yages, cap'ns, 
ships? Pipe up! What was it?" 

'We was a-talkin' of keelhauling," answered Morgan. 

"Keelhauling, was you? and a mighty suitable thing, too, 
and you may lay to that. Get back to your place for a lubber, 
Tom." 

And then, as Morgan rolled back to his seat, Silver added to 
me in a confidential whisper, that was very flattering, as I 
thought: 

"He's quite an honest man, Tom Morgan, on'y stupid. And 
now," he ran on again aloud, "let's see Black Dog? No, I 
don't know the name, not I. Yet I kind of think I've Yes, 
I've seen the swab. He used to come here with a blind beggar, 
he used." 

[64] 




o 

o 

Q 



U 
< 
h-3 

OQ 

co 



ffi 

CU 

co 

M 

Q" 

w 

I-H 

u 



TREASURE ISLAND 

"That he did, you may be sure," said I. 'I knew that blind 
man, too. His name was Pew." 

"It was!" cried Silver, now quite excited. 'Pew! That 
were his name for certain. Ah, he looked a shark, he did! If 
we run down this Black Dog, now, there'll be news for Cap'n 
Trelawney! Ben's a good runner; few seamen run better than 
Ben. He should run him down, hand over hand, by the powers. 
He talked o' keelhauling, did he? /'// keelhaul him!" 

All the time he was jerking out these phrases he was stumping 
up and down the tavern on his crutch, slapping tables with his 
hand, and giving such a show of excitement as would have con- 
vinced an Old Bailey judge or a Bow Street runner. My sus- 
picions had been thoroughly reawakened on finding Black Dog 
at the "Spy-glass," and I watched the cook narrowly. But he 
was too deep, and too ready, and too clever for me, and by the 
time the two men had come back out of breath, and confessed 
that they had lost the track in a crowd, and been scolded like 
thieves, I would have gone bail for the innocence of Long John 
Silver. 

"See here, now, Hawkins," said he, "here's a blessed hard thing 
on a man like me, now, ain't it? There's Cap'n Trelawney 
what's he to think? Here I have this confounded son of a Dutch- 
man sitting in my own house, drinking of my own rum! Here 
you comes and tells me of it plain; and here I let him give us all 
the slip before my blessed deadlights! Now, Hawkins, you do 
me justice with the cap'n. You're a lad, you are, but you're as 
smart as paint. I see that when you first came in. Now, here 
it is: What could I do, with this old timber I hobble on? When 
I was an A B master mariner I'd have come up alongside of him, 
hand over hand, and broached him to in a brace of old shakes, 
I would; but now " 

And then, all of a sudden, he stopped, and his jaw dropped as 
though he had remembered something. 

'The score!" he burst out. "Three goes o' rum! Why, 
shiver my timbers, if I hadn't forgotten my score!" 

And, falling on a bench, he laughed until the tears ran down 

[67] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

his cheeks. I could not help joining; and we laughed together, 
peal after peal, until the tavern rang again. 

"Why, what a precious old sea-calf I am!" he said at last, 
wiping his cheeks. 'You and me should get on well, Hawkins, 
for I'll take my davy I should be rated ship's boy. But, come 
now, stand by to go about. This won't do. Dooty is dooty, 
messmates. I'll put on my old cocked hat, and step along of 
you to Cap'n Trelawney, and report this here affair. For, mind 
you, it's serious, young Hawkins; and neither you nor me's 
come out of it with what I should make so bold as to call credit. 
Nor you neither, says you; not smart none of the pair of us 
smart. But dash my buttons! that was a good un about my 



score.' 



And he began to laugh again, and that so heartily, that though 
I did not see the joke as he did I was again obliged to join him 
in his mirth. 

On our little walk along the quays he made himself the most 
interesting companion, telling me about the different ships that 
we passed by, their rig, tonnage, and nationality, explaining the 
work that was going forward how one was discharging, another 
taking in cargo, and a third making ready for sea; and every now 
and then telling me some little anecdote of ships or seamen, or 
repeating a nautical phrase till I had learned it perfectly. I 
began to see that here was one of the best of possible shipmates. 

When we got to the inn, the squire and Dr. Livesey were seated 
together, finishing a quart of ale w T ith a toast in it, before they 
should go aboard the schooner on a visit of inspection. 

Long John told the story from first to last, with a great deal 
of spirit and the most perfect truth. 'That was how it were, 
now, weren't it, Hawkins?" he would say, now and again, and 
I could always bear him entirely out. 

The two gentlemen regretted that Black Dog had got away; 
but we all agreed there was nothing to be done, and after he had 
been complimented, Long John took up his crutch and departed. 

"All hands aboard by four this afternoon," shouted the squire 
after him. 

[68] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

"Ay, ay, sir," cried the cook, in the passage. 

"Well, Squire," said Dr. Livesey, "I don't put much faith in 
your discoveries, as a general thing; but I will say this, John 
Silver suits me," 

"The man's a perfect trump," declared the squire. 

"And now," added the doctor, "Jim may come on board with 
us, may he not?" 

"To be sure he may," says the squire. 'Take your hat, Haw- 
kins, and we'll see the ship." 





POWDER AND ARMS 

HE Hispaniola lay some way out, and we 
went under the figureheads and round the 
sterns of many other ships, and their cables 
sometimes grated underneath our keel, and 
sometimes swung above us. At last, however, 
we got alongside, and were met and saluted 
as we stepped aboard by the mate, Mr. 
Arrow, a brown old sailor, with earrings in his ears and a squint. 
He and the squire were very thick and friendly, but I soon ob- 
served that things were not the same between Mr. Trelawney 
and the captain. 

This last was a sharp-looking man, who seemed angry with 
everything on board, and was soon to tell us why, for we had 
hardly got down into the cabin when a sailor followed us. 
"Captain Smollett, sir, axing to speak with you," said he. 
"I am always at the captain's orders. Show him in," said the 
squire. 

The captain, who was close behind his messenger, entered at 
once, and shut the door behind him. 

"Well, Captain Smollett, what have you to say? All well, 
I hope; all shipshape and seaworthy?" 



TREASURE ISLAND 

"Well, sir," said the captain, "better speak plain, I believe, 
even at the risk of offense. I don't like this cruise; I don't like 
the men; and I don't like my officer. That's short and sweet." 

"Perhaps, sir, you don't like the ship?" inquired the squire, 
very angry, as I could see. 

"I can't speak as to that, sir, not having seen her tried," said 
the captain. "She seems a clever craft; more I can't say." 

"Possibly, sir, you may not like your employer, either?" says 
the squire. 

But here Dr. Livesey cut in. 

"Stay a bit," said he, "stay a bit. No use of such questions 
as that but to produce ill-feeling. The captain has said too 
much or he has said too little, and I'm bound to say that I re- 
quire an explanation of his words. You don't, you say, like this 
cruise. Now, why?" 

"I was engaged, sir, on what we call sealed orders, to sail this 
ship for that gentleman where he should bid me," said the cap- 
tain. "So far so good. But now I find that every man before 
the mast knows more than I do. I don't call that fair, now, do 
you?" 

"No," said Dr. Livesey, "I don't." 

"Next," said the captain, "I learn we are going after treasure 
-hear it from my own hands, mind you. Now, treasure is 
ticklish work; I don't like treasure voyages on any account; 
and I don't like them, above all, when they are secret, and when 
(begging your pardon, Mr. Trelawney) the secret has been told 
to the parrot." 

"Silver's parrot?" asked the squire. 

"It's a way of speaking," said the captain. 'Blabbed, I 
mean. It's my belief neither of you gentlemen know what you 
are about; but I'll tell you my way of it life or death, and a 
close run." 

'That is all clear, and, I dare say, true enough," replied Dr. 
Livesey. 'We take the risk; but we are not so ignorant as you 
believe us. Next, you say you don't like the crew. Are they 
not good seamen?" 



TREASURE ISLAND 

"I don't like them, sir," returned Captain Smollett. "And I 
think I should have had the choosing of my own hands, if you 
go to that." 

"Perhaps you should," replied the doctor. "My friend should, 
perhaps, have taken you along with him; but the slight, if there 
be one, was unintentional. And you don't like Mr. Arrow?" 

"I don't, sir. I believe he's a good seaman; but he's too free 
with the crew to be a good officer. A mate should keep himself 
to himself shouldn't drink with the men before the mast!" 

"Do you mean he drinks?" cried the squire. 

"No, sir," replied the captain; "only that he's too familiar." 

"Well, now, and the short and long of it, captain?" asked 
the doctor. "Tell us what you want." 

"Well, gentlemen, are you determined to go on this cruise?" 

"Like iron," answered the squire. 

"Very good," said the captain. "Then, as you've heard me 
very patiently, saying things that I Could not prove, hear me 
a few words more. They are putting the powder and the arms 
in the fore hold. Now, you have a good place under the cabin; 
why not put them there? first point. Then you are bringing 
four of your own people with you, and they tell me some of them 
are to be berthed forward. Why not give them the berths here 
beside the cabin ? second point." 

"Any more?" asked Mr. Trelawney. 

"One more," said the captain. "There's been too much 
blabbing already." 

"Far too much," agreed the doctor. 

"I'll tell you what I've heard myself," continued Captain 
Smollett: "that you have a map of an island; that there's 
crosses on the map to show where treasure is; and that the 
island lies" And then he named the latitude and longitude 
exactly. 

"I never told that," cried the squire, "to a soul!" 

"The hands know it, sir," returned the captain. 

"Livesey, that must have been you or Hawkins," cried the 
squire. 

[72] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

"It doesn't much matter who it was," replied the doctor. 
And I could see that neither he nor the captain paid much re- 
gard to Mr. Trelawney's protestations. Neither did I, to be 
sure, he was so loose a talker; yet in this case I believe he was 
really right, and that nobody had told the situation of the island. 

"Well, gentlemen," continued the captain, "I don't know who 
has this map; but I make it a point, it shall be kept secret even 
from me and Mr. Arrow. Otherwise I would ask you to let me 
resign." 

"I see," said the doctor. 'You wish us to keep this matter 
dark, and to make a garrison of the stern part of the ship, manned 
with my friend's own people, and provided with all the arms 
and powder on board. In other words, you fear a mutiny." 

"Sir," said Captain Smollett, "with no intention to take 
offense, I deny your right to put words into my mouth. No 
captain, sir, would be justified in going to sea at all if he had 
ground enough to say that. As for Mr. Arrow, I believe him 
thoroughly honest; some of the men are the same; all may be, 
for what I know. But I am responsible for the ship's safety and 
the life of every man Jack aboard of her. I see things going, as 
I think, not quite right. And I ask you to take certain precau- 
tions, or let me resign my berth. And that's all." 

"Captain Smollett," began the doctor, with a smile, "did ever 
you hear the fable of the mountain and the mouse? You'll ex- 
cuse me, I dare say, but you remind me of that fable. When you 
came in here I'll stake my wig you meant more than this." 

" Doctor," said the captain, "you are smart. When I came in 
here I meant to get discharged. I had no thought that Mr. 
Trelawney would hear a word." 

"No more I would," cried the squire, "Had Livesey not 
been here I should have seen you to the deuce. As it is, I have 
heard you. I will do as you desire; but I think the worse of 
you." 

'That's as you please, sir," said the captain. "You'll find I 
do my duty." 

And with that he took his leave. 
* [73] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

'Trelawney," said the doctor, "contrary to all my notions, 
I believe you have managed to get two honest men on board 
with you that man and John Silver." 

"Silver, if you like," cried the squire; "but as for that in- 
tolerable humbug, I declare I think his conduct unmanly, un- 
sailorly, and downright un-English." 

"Well," says the doctor, "we shall see." 

When we came on deck the men had begun already to take 
out the arms and powder, yo-ho-ing at their work, while the cap- 
tain and Mr. Arrow stood by superintending. 

The new arrangement was quite to my liking. The whole 
schooner had been overhauled; six berths had been made astern, 
out of what had been the after-part of the main hold; and this 
set of cabins was only joined to the galley and forecastle 
by a sparred passage on the port side. It had been originally 
meant that the captain, Mr. Arrow, Hunter, Joyce, the doctor, 
and the squire were to occupy these six berths. Now, Red- 
ruth and I were to get two of them, and Mr. Arrow and the 
captain were to sleep on deck in the companion, which had been 
enlarged on each side till you might almost have called it a round 
house. Very low it was still, of course; but there was room to 
swing two hammocks, and even the mate seemed pleased with 
the arrangement. Even he, perhaps, had been doubtful as to 
the crew, but that is only guess; for, as you shall hear, we had 
not long the benefit of his opinion. 

We were all hard at work changing the powder and the berths 
when the last man or two, and Long John along with them, came 
off in a shore-boat. 

The cook came up the side like a monkey for cleverness, and, 
as soon as he saw what was doing, "So ho, mates!" says he, 
"what's this?" 

'We're a-changing of the powder, Jack," answers one. 
'Why, by the powers," cried Long John; "if we do, we'll miss, 
the morning tide!" 

"My orders!" said the captain, shortly. "You may go below, 
my man. Hands will want supper." 

f74l 



'OUT O' THAT! OFF WITH YOU TO THE COOK AND 

GET SOME WORK" 



TREASURE ISLAND 

"Ay, ay, sir," answered the cook; and, touching his forelock, 
he disappeared at once in the direction of his galley. 

'That's a good man, Captain," said the doctor. 

'Very likely, sir," replied Captain Smollett. "Easy with 
that, men easy," he ran on to the fellows who were shifting the 
powder; and then suddenly observing me examining the swivel 
we carried amidships, a long brass nine "Here, you ship's boy," 
he cried, "out o' that! Off with you to the cook and get some 
work." 

And then as I was hurrying off I heard him say, quite loudly, 
to the doctor: 

"I'll have no favorites on my ship." 

I assure you I was quite of the squire's way of thinking, and 
hated the captain deeply. 





THE VOYAGE 

LL that night we were in a great bustle getting 
things stowed in their places, and boatfuls of 
the squire's friends, Mr. Blandly and the like, 
coming off to wish him a good voyage and a 
safe return. We never had a night at the 
"Admiral Benbow" when I had half the work; 
and I was dog-tired when, a little before dawn, 
the boatswain sounded his pipe and the crew began to man the 
capstan-bars. I might have been twice as weary, yet I would 
not have left the deck; all was so new and interesting to me 
the brief commands, the shrill note of the whistle, the men 
bustling to their places in the glimmer of the ship's lanterns. 
"Now, Barbecue, tip us a stave," cried one voice. 
'The old one," cried another. 

"Ay, ay, mates," said Long John, who was standing by, with 
his crutch under his arm, and at once broke out in the air and 
words 1 knew so well: 

" Fifteen men on the Dead Man's Chest" 
And then the whole crew bore chorus: 

"Yo-hoho, and a bottle of rum!" 
[781 



TREASURE ISLAND 

And at the third "ho!" drove the bars before them with a 
will. 

Even at that exciting moment it carried me back to the old 
"Admiral Benbow" in a second; and I seemed to hear the voice 
of the captain piping in the chorus. But soon the anchor was 
short up; soon it was hanging dripping at the bows; soon the 
sails began to draw, and the land and shipping to flit by on either 
side; and before I could lie down to snatch an hour of slumber 
the Hispaniola had begun her voyage to the Isle of Treasure. 

I am not going to relate that voyage in detail. It was fairly 
prosperous. The ship proved to be a good ship, the crew were 
capable seamen, and the captain thoroughly understood his busi- 
ness. But before we came the length of Treasure Island two or 
three things had happened which require to be known. 

Mr. Arrow, first of all, turned out even worse than the captain 
had feared. He had no command among the men, and people 
did what they pleased with him. But that was by no means the 
worst of it; for after a day or two at sea he began to appear on 
deck with hazy eye, red cheeks, stuttering tongue, and other marks 
of drunkenness. Time after time he was ordered below in dis- 
grace. Sometimes he fell and cut himself; sometimes he lay all 
day long in his little bunk at one side of the companion; some- 
times for a day or two he would be almost sober and attend to 
his work at least passably. 

In the mean time we could never make out where he got the 
drink. That was the ship's mystery. Watch him as we pleased, 
we could do nothing to solve it; and when we asked him to his 
face, he would only laugh, if he were drunk, and if he were sober, 
deny solemnly that he ever tasted anything but water. 

He was not only useless as an officer, and a bad influence 
among the men, but it was plain that at this rate he must soon 
kill himself outright; so nobody was much surprised nor very 
sorry when one dark night, with a head sea, he disappeared en- 
tirely and was seen no more. 

"Overboard!" said the captain. 'Well, gentlemen, that saves 
the trouble of putting him in irons." 

[79] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

But there we were, without a mate; and it was necessary, of 
course, to advance one of the men. The boatswain. Job Ander- 
son, was the likeliest man aboard, and, though he kept his old 
title, he served in a way as mate. Mr. Trelawney had followed 
the sea, and his knowledge made him very useful, for he often 
took a watch himself in easy weather. And the coxswain, Israel 
Hands, was a careful, wily, old, experienced seaman, who could 
be trusted at a pinch with almost anything. 

He was a great confidant of Long John Silver, and so the 
mention of his name leads me on to speak of our ship's cook, 
Barbecue, as the men called him. 

Aboard ship he carried his crutch by a lanyard round his neck, 
to have both hands as free as possible. It was something to see 
him wedge the foot of the crutch against a bulkhead, and, 
propped against it, yielding to every movement of the ship, get 
on with his cooking like some one safe ashore. Still more strange 
was it to see him in the heaviest of weather cross the deck. He 
had a line or two rigged up to help him across the widest spaces 
Long John's earrings, they were called; and he would hand 
himself from one place to another, now using the crutch, now 
trailing it alongside by the lanyard, as quickly as another man 
could walk. Yet some of the men who had sailed with him be- 
fore expressed their pity to see him so reduced. 

"He's no common man, Barbecue," said the coxswain to me. 
"He had good schooling in his young days, and can speak like 
a book when so minded; and brave a lion's nothing alongside 
of Long John! I seen him grapple four, and knock their heads 
together him unarmed." 

All the crew respected and even obeyed him. He had a way 
of talking to each, and doing everybody some particular service. 
To me he was unweariedly kind; and always glad to see me in 
the galley, which he kept as clean as a new pin; the dishes hang- 
ing up burnished, and his parrot in a cage in one corner. 

"Come away, Hawkins," he would say; "come and have a 
yarn with John. Nobody more welcome than yourself, my son. 
Sit you down and hear the news. Here's Cap'n Flint I calls 

[80] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

my parrot Cap'n Flint, after the famous bucaneer here's Cap'n 
Flint predicting success to our v'yage. Wasn't you, Cap'n?" 

And the parrot would say, with great rapidity: "Pieces of 
eight! pieces of eight! pieces of eight!" till you wondered that 
it was not out of breath, or till John threw his handkerchief over 
the cage. 

"Now, that bird," he would say, "is, maybe, two hundred 
years old, Hawkins they lives for ever mostly; and if anybody's 
seen more wickedness, it must be the devil himself. She's sailed 
with England, the great Cap'n England, the pirate. She's been 
at Madagascar, and at Malabar, and Surinam, and Providence, 
and Portobello. She was at the fishing up of the wrecked plate- 
ships. It's there she learned 'Pieces of eight,' and little wonder; 
three hundred and fifty thousand of 'em, Hawkins! She was at 
the boarding of the Viceroy of the Indies out of Goa, she was; 
and to look at her you would think she was a babby. But you 
smelled powder didn't you, Cap'n?" 

Stand by to go about," the parrot would scream. 

'Ah, she's a handsome craft, she is," the cook would say, and 
give her sugar from his pocket, and then the bird would peck at 
the bars and swear straight on, passing belief for wickedness. 
'There," John would add, "you can't touch pitch and not be 
mucked, lad. Here's this poor old innocent bird o' mine swear- 
ing blue fire, and none the wiser, you may lay to that. She would 
swear the same, in a manner of speaking, before chaplain." And 
John would touch his forelock with a solemn way he had, that 
made me think he was the best of men. 

In the mean time, the squire and Captain Smollett were still 
on pretty distant terms with each other. The squire made no 
bones about the matter; he despised the captain. The captain, 
on his part, never spoke but when he was spoken to, and then 
sharp and short and dry, and not a word wasted. He owned, 
when driven into a corner, that he seemed to have been wrong 
about the crew, that some of them were as brisk as he wanted 
to see, and all had behaved fairly well. As for the ship, he had 
taken a downright fancy to her. "She'll lie a point nearer the 

[81] 



i 




TREASURE ISLAND 

wind than a man has a right to expect of his own married wife, 
sir. But," he would add, "all I say is we're not home again, 
and I don't like the cruise." 

The squire, at this, would turn away and march up and down 
the deck, chin in air. 

"A trifle more of that man," he would say, "and I should 
explode." 

We had some heavy weather, which only proved the qualities 
of the Hispaniola. Every man on board seemed well content, 
and they must have been hard to please if they had been other- 
wise; for it is my belief there was never a ship's company so 
spoiled since Noah put to sea. Double grog was going on the least 
excuse; there was duff on odd days, as, for instance, if the squire 
heard it was any man's birthday, and always a barrel of apples 
standing broached in the waist, for any one to help himself that 
had a fancy. 

"Never knew good come of it yet," the captain said to Dr. 
Livesey. "Spoil fo'c's'le hands, make devils. That's my 
belief." 

But good did come of the apple-barrel, as you shall hear; for 
if it had not been for that, we should have had no note of warn- 
ing, and might all have perished by the hand of treachery. 

This was how it came about. 

We had run up the trades to get the wind of the island we 
were after I am not allowed to be more plain and now we were 
running down for it with a bright lookout day and night. It was 
about the last day of our outward voyage, by the largest compu- 
tation; some time that night, or, at latest, before noon of the 
morrow, we should sight the Treasure Island. We were heading 
S.S.W 7 ., and had a steady breeze abeam and a quiet sea. The 
Hispaniola rolled steadily, dipping her bowsprit now and then with 
a whiff of spray. All was drawing alow and aloft; every one was 
in the bravest spirits, because we were now so near an end of 
the first part of our adventure. Now, just after sundown, when 
all my work was over and I was on my way to my berth, it oc- 
curred to me that I should like an apple. I ran on deck. The 

[82] 




THE MAN AT THE HELM WAS WATCHING THE LUFF 

OF THE SAIL 



TREASURE ISLAND 

watch was all forward, looking out for the island. The man at 
the helm was watching the luff of the sail and whistling away 
gently to himself; and that was the only sound excepting the 
swish of the sea against the bows and around the sides of the 
ship. 

I got bodily into the apple-barrel, and found there was scarce 
an apple left; but sitting down there in the dark, what with 
the sound of the waters and rocking movement of the ship, I 
had either fallen asleep or was on the point of doing so when a 
heavy man sat down with rather a clash close by. The barrel 
shook as he leaned his shoulders against it, and I was just about 
to jump up when the man began to speak. It was Silver's 
voice, and before I had heard a dozen words I would not have 
shown myself for all the world, but lay there, trembling and 
listening, in the extreme of fear and curiosity; for from these 
dozen words I understood that the lives of all the honest men 
aboard depended upon me alone. 




WHAT I HEARD IN THE APPLE-BARREL 




O, not I," said Silver. "Flint was cap'n; I 
was quartermaster, along of my timber leg. 
The same broadside I lost my leg, old Pew 
lost his deadlights. It was a master surgeon, 
him that ampytated me out of college and 
all Latin by the bucket, and what not; but 
he was hanged like a dog, and sun-dried like 
the rest, at Corso Castle. That was Roberts's men, that was, 
and corned of changing names to their ships Royal Fortune and 
so on. Now, what a ship was christened, so let her stay, I says. 
So it was with the Cassandra, as brought us all safe home from 
Malabar, after England took the Viceroy of the Indies; so it 
was with the old Walrus, Flint's old ship, as I've seen a-muck 
with the red blood and fit to sink with gold." 

"Ah!" cried another voice, that of the youngest hand on 
board, and evidently full of admiration, "he was the flower of 
the flock, was Flint!" 

"Davis was a man, too, by all accounts," said Silver. "I 
never sailed along of him; first with England, then with Flint, 
that's my story; and now here on my own account, in a manner 

[86] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

of speaking. I laid by nine hundred safe, from England, and two 
thousand after Flint. That ain't bad for a man before the mast 
all safe in bank. 'Tain't earning now, it's saving does it, you 
may lay to that. Where's all England's men now? I dunno. 
Where's Flint's? Why, most of 'em aboard here, and glad to 
get the duff been begging before that, some on 'em. Old Pew, 
as had lost his sight, and might have thought shame, spends 
twelve hundred pound in a year, like a lord in Parliament. 
Where is he now? Well, he's dead now and under hatches; but 
for two year before that, shiver my timbers! the man was 
starving. He begged, and he stole, and he cut throats, and 
starved at that, by the powers!" 

"Well, it ain't much use, after all," said the young seaman. 

"'Tain't much use for fools, you may lay to it that, nor 
nothing," cried Silver. 'But now, you look here: you're young, 
you are, but you're as smart as paint. I see that when I set 
my eyes on you, and I'll talk to you like a man." 

You may imagine how I felt when I heard this abominable 
old rogue addressing another in the very same words of flattery 
as he had used to myself. I think, if I had been able, that I 
would have killed him through the barrel. Meantime, he ran on, 
little supposing he was overheard. 

"Here it is about gentlemen of fortune. They lives rough, 
and they risk swinging, but they eat and drink like fighting- 
cocks, and when a cruise is done, why it's hundreds of pounds 
instead of hundreds of farthings in their pockets. Now, the 
most goes for rum and a good fling, and to sea again in their 
shirts. But that's not the course I lay. I puts it all away, 
some here, some there, and none too much anywheres, by reason 
of suspicion. I'm fifty, mark you; once back from this cruise I 
set up gentleman in earnest. Time enough, too, says you. Ah, 
but I've lived easy in the mean time; never denied myself o' noth- 
ing heart desires, and slep' soft and ate dainty all my days but 
when at sea. And how did I begin? Before the mast, like you!" 

'Well," said the other, "but all the other money's gone now, 
ain't it? You daren't show face in Bristol after this." 

[8 7 ] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

"Why, where might you suppose it was?" asked Silver, de- 
risively. 

"At Bristol, in banks and places," answered his companion. 

"It were," said the cook; "it were when we weighed anchor. 
But my old missis has it all by now. And the 'Spy-glass' is 
sold, lease and good-will and rigging; and the old girl's off to 
meet me. I would tell you where, for I trust you; but it 'u'd 
make jealousy among the mates." 

"And can you trust your missis?" asked the other. 

"Gentlemen of fortune," returned the cook, "usually trust 
little among themselves, and right they are, you may lay to it. 
But I have a way with me, I have. When a mate brings a slip 
on his cable one as knows me, I mean it won't be in the same 
world with old John. There was some that was feared of Pew, 
and some that was feared of Flint; and Flint his own self was 
feared of me. Feared he was, and proud. They was the rough- 
est crew afloat, was Flint's; the devil himself would have been 
feared to go to sea with them. Well, now, I tell you, I'm not a 
boasting man, and you seen yourself how easy I keep company; 
but when I was quartermaster, lambs wasn't the word for Flint's 
old bucaneers. Ah, you may be sure of yourself in old John's 
ship." 

"Well, I tell you now," replied the lad, "I didn't half a quar- 
ter like the job till I had this talk with you, John; but there's 
my hand on it now." 

"And a brave lad you were, and smart, too," answered Silver, 
shaking hanas so heartily that all the barrel shook, "and a finer 
figurehead for a gentleman of fortune I never clapped my eyes 



on.' 



By this time I had begun to understand the meaning of their 
terms. By a "gentleman of fortune" they plainly meant neither 
more nor less than a common pirate, and the little scene that I 
had overheard was the last act in the corruption of one of the 
honest hands perhaps of the last one left aboard. But on this 
point I was soon to be relieved, for, Silver giving a little whistle, 
a third man strolled up and sat down by the party. 

[88] 




'HERE'S TO OURSELVES, AND PLENTY OF PRIZES AND 

PLENTY OF DUFF" 



TREASURE ISLAND 

"Dick's square," said Silver. 

"Oh, I know'd Dick was square," returned the voice of the 
coxswain, Israel Hands. "He's no fool, is Dick." And he turned 
his quid and spat. 'But look here," he went on, "here's 
what I want to know, Barbecue: how long are we a-going to 
stand off and on like a blessed bumboat? I've had a'most 
enough o' Cap'n Smollett; he's hazed me long enough, by 
thunder! I want to go into that cabin, I do. I want their 
pickles and wines, and that." 

"Israel," said Silver, "your head ain't much account, nor ever 
was. But you're able to hear, I reckon; leastways, your ears 
is big enough. Now, here's what I say: you'll berth for- 
ward, and you'll live hard, and you'll speak soft, and you'll 
keep sober, till I give the word; and you may lay to that, 
my son." 

"Well, I don't say no, do I?" growled the coxswain. "What 
I say is, when? That's what I say." 

'When! by the powers!" cried Silver. 'Well, now, if you 
want to know, I'll tell you when. The last moment I can manage; 
and that's when. Here's a first-rate seaman, Cap'n Smollett, 
sails the blessed ship for us. Here's this squire and doctor 
with a map and such - - 1 don't know where it is, do I? 
No more do you, says you. Well, then, I mean this squire and 
doctor shall find the stuff, and help us to get it aboard, by the 
powers! Then we'll see. If I was sure of you all, sons of double 
Dutchmen, I'd have Cap'n Smollett navigate us half-way back 
again before I struck." 

'Why, we're all seamen aboard here, I should think!" said the 
lad Dick. 

'We're all fo'c's'le hands, you mean," snapped Silver. "We 
can steer a course, but who's to set one? That's what all you 
gentlemen split on, first and last. If I had my way I'd have 
Cap'n Smollett work us back into the trades at least; then we'd 
have no blessed miscalculations and a spoonful of water a day. 
But I know the sort you are. I'll finish with 'em at the island, 
as soon's the blunt's on board, and a pity it is. But you're never 



TREASURE ISLAND 

happy till you're drunk. Slit my sides, I've a sick heart to sail 
with the likes of you!" 

"Easy all, Long John," cried Israel. 'Who's a-crossin' of 

i" 
your 

'Why, how many tall ships, think ye, now, have I seen lain 
aboard, and how many brisk lads drying in the sun at Execution 
Dock?" cried Silver. "And all for this same hurry and hurry and 
hurry. You hear me? I seen a thing or two at sea, I have. If you 
would on'y lay your course, and p'nt to windward, you would 
ride in carriages, you would. But not you! I know you. You'll 
have your mouthful of rum to-morrow, and go hang." 

"Everybody know'd you was a kind of a chapling, John; but 
there's others as could hand and steer as well as you," said 
Israel. 'They liked a bit o' fun, they did. They wasn't so high 
and dry, nohow, but took their fling, like jolly companions every 



one.' 



"So?" says Silver. 'Well, and where are they now? Pew 
was that sort, and died a beggar-man. Flint was, and he died 
of rum at Savannah. Ah, they was a sweet crew, they was! 
on'y where are they?" 

: 'But," asked Dick, "when we do lay 'em athwart, what are 
we to do with 'em, anyhow?" 

'There's the man for me!" cried the cook, admiringly. 'That's 
what I call business. Well, what would you think? Put 'em 
ashore like maroons? That would have been England's way. 
Or cut 'em down like that much pork? That would have been 
Flint's or Billy Bones's." 

; ' Billy was the man for that," said Israel. '"Dead men don't 
bite,' says he. Well, he's dead now hisself; he knows the long 
and short on it now; and if ever a rough hand come to port, 
it was Billy." 

'Right you are," said Silver, "rough and ready. But mark 
you here: I'm an easy man I'm quite the gentleman, says you; 
but this time it's serious. Dooty is dooty, mates. I give my 
vote death. When I'm in Parlyment, and riding in rny coach, 
I don't want none of these sea-lawyers in the cabin a-coming 

[92] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

home, unlocked for, like the devil at prayers. Wait is what I 
say; but when the time comes, why, let her rip!" 
'John," cries the coxswain, "you're a man!" 

"You'll say so, Israel, when you see," said Silver. "Only one 
thing I claim I claim Trelawney. I'll wring his calf's head off 
his body with these hands. Dick!" he added, breaking off, "you 
just jump up, like a sweet lad, and get me an apple to wet my 
pipe like." 

You may fancy the terror I was in! I should have leaped out 
and run for it, if I had found the strength; but my limbs and 
heart alike misgave me. I heard Dick begin to rise, and then 
some one seemingly stopped him, and the voice of Hands ex- 
claimed: 

"Oh, stow that! Don't you get sucking of that bilge, John. 
Let's have a go of the rum." 

"Dick," said Silver, "I trust you. I've a gauge on the keg, 
mind. There's the key; you fill a pannikin and bring it up." 

Terrified as I was, I could not help thinking to myself that 
this must have been how Mr. Arrow got the strong waters that 
destroyed him. 

Dick was gone but a little while, and during his absence Israel 
spoke straight on in the cook's ear. It was but a word or two 
that I could catch, and yet I gathered some important news; for, 
besides other scraps that tended to the same purpose, this whole 
clause was audible: "Not another man of them '11 jine." Hence 
there were still faithful men on board. 

When Dick returned, one after another of the trio took the 
pannikin and drank one "To luck"; another with a "Here's to 
old Flint"; and Silver himself saying, in a kind of song, "Here's 
to ourselves, and hold your luff, plenty of prizes and plenty of 
duff." 

Just then a sort of brightness fell upon me in the barrel, and, 
looking up, I found the moon had risen, and was silvering the 
mizzen-top and shining white on the luff of the foresail; and 

almost at the same time the voice of the lookout shouted, "Land 

i p> 

ho! 





COUNCIL OF WAR 

HERE was a great rush of feet across the 
deck. I could hear people tumbling up from 
the cabin and the fo'c's'le; and, slipping in 
an instant outside my barrel, I dived be- 
hind the foresail, made a double toward the 
stern, and came out upon the open deck in 
time to join Hunter and Dr. Livesey in the 
rush for the weather bow. 

There all hands were already congregated. A belt of fog had 
lifted almost simultaneously with the appearance of the moon. 
Away to the southwest of us we saw two low hills, about a couple 
of miles apart, and rising behind one of them a third and higher 
hill, whose peak was still buried in the fog. All three seemed 
sharp and conical in figure. 

So much I saw, almost in a dream, for I had not yet recov- 
ered from my horrid fear of a minute or two before. And then 
I heard the voice of Captain Smollett issuing orders. The 
Hispaniola was laid a couple of points nearer the wind, and 
now sailed a course that would just clear the island on the east. 
"And now, men," said the captain, when all was sheeted 
home, "has any one of you ever seen that land ahead?" 

[941 



TREASURE ISLAND 

"I have, sir," said Silver. 'I've watered there with a trader 
I was cook in." 

"The anchorage is on the south, behind an islet, I fancy?" 
asked the captain. 

"Yes, sir; Skeleton Island they calls it. It were a main place 
for pirates once, and a hand we had on board knowed all their 
names for it. That hill to the nor'ard they calls the Foremast 
Hill; there are three hills in a row running south'ard fore, main, 
and mizzen, sir. But the main that's the big un with the 
cloud on it they usually calls the Spy-glass, by reason of a 
lookout they kept when they was in the anchorage cleaning; 
for it's there they cleaned their ships, sir, asking your pardon." 

"I have a chart here," says Captain Smollett. "See if that's 
the place." 

Long John's eyes burned in his head as he took the chart; 
but by the fresh look of the paper, I knew he was doomed to 
disappointment. This was not the map we found in Billy Bones's 
chest, but an accurate copy, complete in all things names and 
heights and soundings with the single exception of the red 
crosses and the written notes. Sharp as must have been this 
annoyance, Silver had the strength of mind to hide it. 

"Yes, sir," said he, "this is the spot, to be sure; and very 
prettily drawed out. Who might have done that, I wonder? 
The pirates were too ignorant, I reckon. Ay, here it is: 'Capt. 
Kidd's Anchorage '--just the name my shipmate called it. 
There's a strong current runs along the south, and then away 
nor'ard up the west coast. Right you was, sir," says he, "to 
haul your wind and keep the weather of the island. Leastways, 
if such was your intention as to enter and careen, and there ain't 
no better place for that in these waters." 

'Thank you, my man," says Captain Smollett. "I'll ask you, 
later on, to give us a help. You may go." 

I was surprised at the coolness with which John avowed his 
knowledge of the island; and I own I was half frightened when 
I saw him drawing nearer to myself. He did not know, to be 
sure, that I had overheard his council from the apple-barrel, 

[9Sl 



TREASURE ISLAND 

and yet I had, by this time, taken such a horror of his cruelty, 
duplicity, and power, that I could scarce conceal a shudder 
when he laid his hand upon my arm. 

"Ah," says he, "this here is a sweet spot, this island a sweet 
spot for a lad to get ashore on. You'll bathe, and you'll climb 
trees, and you'll hunt goats, you will; and you'll get aloft on 
them hills like a goat yourself. Why, it makes me young again. 
I was going to forget my timber leg, I was. It's a pleasant thing 
to be young, and have ten toes, and you may lay to that. When 
you want to go a bit of exploring, you just ask old John, and he'll 
put up a snack for you to take along." 

And clapping me in the friendliest way upon the shoulder, 
he hobbled off forward and went below. 

Captain Smollett, the squire, and Dr. Livesey were talking 
together on the quarter-deck, and, anxious as I was to tell them 
my story, I durst not interrupt them openly. While I was still 
casting about in my thoughts to find some probable excuse, Dr. 
Livesey called me to his side. He had left his pipe below, and, 
being a slave to tobacco, had meant that I should fetch it; but 
as soon as I was near enough to speak and not to be overheard, 
I broke out immediately: "Doctor, let me speak. Get the cap- 
tain and squire down to the cabin, and then make some pretense 
to send for me. I have terrible news." 

The doctor changed countenance a little, but next moment 
he was master of himself. 

'Thank you, Jim," said he, quite loudly, "that was all I 
wanted to know," as if he had asked me a question. 

And with that he turned on his heel and rejoined the other 
two. They spoke together for a little, and though none of them 
started, or raised his voice, or so much as whistled, it was plain 
enough that Dr. Livesey had communicated my request; for 
the next thing that I heard was the captain giving an order to 
Job Anderson, and all hands were piped on deck. 

"My lads," said Captain Smollett, "I've a word to say to 
you. This land that we have sighted is the place we have been 
sailing to. Mr. Trelawney, being a very open-handed gentleman, 

[96] 







O 

H-l 

Q 
W 





w 

H-l 

O 



\ 

CU 
< 

u 



w 
w 

ffi 

CJ 



TREASURE ISLAND 

as we all know, has just asked me a word or two, and as I was 
able to tell him that every man on board had done his duty alow 
and aloft as I never ask to see it done better, why, he and I 
and the doctor are going below to the cabin to drink your health 
and luck, and you'll have grog served out for you to drink our 
health and luck. I'll tell you what I think of this: I think it 
handsome. And if you think as I do, you'll give a good sea cheer 
for the gentleman that does it." 

The cheer followed that was a matter of course; but it rang 
out so full and hearty, that I confess I could hardly believe these 
same men were plotting for our blood. 

"One more cheer for Cap'n Smollett," cried Long John, when 
the first had subsided. 

And this also was given with a will. 

On the top of that the three gentlemen went below, and not 
long after word was sent forward that Jim Hawkins was wanted 
in the cabin. 

I found them all three seated round the table, a bottle of 
Spanish wine and some raisins before them, and the doctor smok- 
ing away, with his wig on his lap, and that, I knew, was a sign 
that he was agitated. The stern window was open, for it was a 
warm night, and you could see the moon shining behind on the 
ship's wake. 

"Now, Hawkins," said the squire, "you have something to 
say. Speak up." 

I did as I was bid, and, as short as I could make it, told the 
whole details of Silver's conversation. Nobody interrupted me 
till I was done, nor did any one of the three of them make so 
much as a movement, but they kept their eyes upon my face 
from first to last. 

'Jim," said Dr. Livesey, "take a seat." 

And they made me sit down at the table beside them, 
poured me out a glass of wine, filled my hands with raisins, 
and all three, one after the other, and each with a bow> 
drank my good health, and their service to me, for my luck 
and courage. 

[99] 



TREASURE ISLAND 



f( 1 



'Now, Captain," said the squire, "y u were right, and I was 
wrong. I own myself an ass, and I await your orders." 

"No more an ass than I, sir," returned the captain. 'I never 
heard of a crew that meant to mutiny but what showed signs 
before, for any man that had an eye in his head to see the mis- 
chief and take steps according. But this crew," he added, "beats 



me.' 



"Captain," said the doctor, "with your permission, that's 
Silver. A very remarkable man." 

"He'd look remarkably well from a yard-arm, sir," returned 
the captain. 'But this is talk; this don't lead to anything. I 
see three or four points, and with Mr. Trelawney's permission 
I'll name them." 

'You, sir, are the captain. It is for you to speak," says Mr. 
Trelawney, grandly. 

"First point," began Mr. Smollett. 'We must go on, because 
we can't turn back. If I gave the word to go about they would 
rise at once. Second point, we have time before us at least, 
until this treasure's found. Third point, there are faithful hands. 
Now, sir, it's got to come to blows sooner or later; and what I 
propose is, to take time by the forelock, as the saying is, and 
come to blows some fine day when they least expect it. We can 
count, I take it, on your own home servants, Mr. Trelawney?" 

"As upon myself," declared the squire. 

"Three," reckoned the captain, "ourselves make seven, count- 
ing Hawkins, here. Now, about the honest hands?" 

"Most likely Trelawney's own men," said the doctor; "those 
he had picked up for himself before he lit on Silver." 

"Nay," replied the squire, "Hands was one of mine." 

"I did think I could have trusted Hands," added the captain. 

"And to think that they're all Englishmen!" broke out the 
squire. "Sir, I could find it in my heart to blow the ship up." 

"Well, gentlemen," said the captain, "the best that I can 
say is not much. We must lay to, if you please, and keep 
a bright lookout. It's trying on a man, I know. It would be 
pleasanter to come to blows. But there's no help for it till we 

[100] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

know our men. Lay to and whistle for a wind, that's my 



view.' 



"Jim here," said the doctor, "can help us more than any one. 
The men are not shy with him, and Jim is a noticing lad." 

"Hawkins, I put prodigious faith in you," added the squire. 

I began to feel pretty desperate at this, for I felt altogether 
helpless; and yet, by an odd train of circumstances, it was indeed 
through me that safety came. In the mean time, talk as we 
pleased, there were only seven out of the twenty-six on whom 
we knew we could rely; and out of these seven one was a boy, 
so that the grown men on our side were six to their nineteen. 



Part III 
MY SHORE ADVENTURE 




.- s v-> 

iiji^'^mi H (J'f 7 







HOW I BEGAN MY SHORE ADVENTURE 




X ^^^^jjg^riE appearance of the island when I came on 
** " ^ deck next morning was altogether changed. 

Although the breeze had now utterly failed, we 
had made a great deal of way during the night, 
and were now lying becalmed about half a 
mile to the southeast of the low eastern coast. 
Gray-colored woods covered a large part of the 
surface. This even tint was indeed broken up by streaks of 
yellow sand-bank in the lower lands, and by many tall trees of 
the pine family, out-topping the others some singly, some in 
clumps; but the general coloring was uniform and sad. The 
hills ran up clear above the vegetation in spires of naked 
rock. All were strangely shaped, and the Spy-glass, which was 
by three or four hundred feet the tallest on the island, was like- 
wise the strangest in configuration, running up sheer from almost 
every side, and then suddenly cut off at the top like a pedestal 
to put a statue on. 

The Hispaniola was rolling scuppers under in the ocean swell. 
The booms were tearing at the blocks, the rudder was banging 
to and fro, and the whole ship creaking, groaning, and jumping 
like a manufactory. I had to cling tight to the backstay, and 
the world turned giddily before my eyes; for though I was a good 
8 [ 



TREASURE ISLAND 

enough sailor when there was way on, this standing still and 
being rolled about like a bottle was a thing I never learned to 
stand without a qualm or so, above all in the morning, on an 
empty stomach. 

Perhaps it was this perhaps it was the look of the island with 
its gray, melancholy woods, and wild stone spires, and the surf 
that we could both see and hear foaming and thundering on 
the steep beach at least, although the sun shone bright and hot, 
and the shore birds were fishing and crying all around us, and 
you would have thought any one would have been glad to get 
to land after being so long at sea, my heart sank, as the saying is, 
into my boots; and from that first look onward I hated the very 
thought of Treasure Island. 

We had a dreary morning's work before us, for there was no 
sign of any wind, and the boats had to be got out and manned, 
and the ship warped three or four miles round the corner of the 
island and up the narrow passage to the haven behind Skeleton 
Island. I volunteered for one of the boats, where I had, of 
course, no business. The heat was sweltering, and the men 
grumbled fiercely over their work. Anderson was in command 
of my boat, and instead of keeping the crew in order he grumbled 
as loud as the worst. 

"Well," he said, with an oath, "it's not for ever." 

I thought this was a very bad sign; for, up to that day, the 
men had gone briskly and willingly about their business; but 
the very sight of the island had relaxed the cords of discipline. 

All the way in Long John stood by the steersman and conned 
the ship. He knew the passage like the palm of his hand; and 
though the man in the chains got everywhere more water than 
was down in the chart John never hesitated once. 

"There's a strong scour with the ebb," he said, "and this 
here passage has been dug out, in a manner of speaking, with a 
spade." 

We brought up just where the anchor was in the chart, about 
a third of a mile from either shore, the mainland on one side 
and Skeleton Island on the other. The bottom was clean sand. 

i 106] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

The plunge of our anchor sent up clouds of birds wheeling and 
crying over the woods; but in less than a minute they were down 
again, and all was once more silent. 

The place was entirely landlocked, buried in woods, the trees 
coming right down to high-water mark, the shores mostly flat, 
and the hilltops standing round at a distance in a sort of amphi- 
theater, one here, one there. Two little rivers, or, rather, two 
swamps, emptied out into this pond, as you might call it; and the 
foliage round that part of the shore had a kind of poisonous bright- 
ness. From the ship we could see nothing of the house or stock- 
ade, for they were quite buried among the trees; and if it had not 
been for the chart on the companion, we might have been the 
first that had ever anchored there since the island arose out of 
the seas. 

There was not a breath of air moving, nor a sound but that 
of the surf booming half a mile away along the beaches and 
against the rocks outside. A peculiar stagnant smell hung over 
the anchorage a smell of sodden leaves and rotting tree-trunks. 
I observed the doctor sniffing and sniffing, like some one tast- 
ing a bad egg. 

'I don't know about treasure," he said, "but I'll stake my 
wig there's fever here." 

If the conduct of the men had been alarming in the boat, it 
became truly threatening when they had come aboard. They 
lay about the deck, growling together in talk. The slightest 
order was received with a black look, and grudgingly and care- 
lessly obeyed. Even the honest hands must have caught the 
infection, for there was not one man aboard to mend another. 
Mutiny, it was plain, hung over us like a thunder-cloud. 

And it was not only we of the cabin party who perceived the 
danger. Long John was hard at work going from group to 
group, spending himself in good advice, and as for example no 
man could have shown a better. He fairly outstripped himself 
in willingness and civility; he was all smiles to every one. If an 
order were given John would be on his crutch in an instant with 
the cheeriest "Ay, ay, sir!" in the world; and when there was 

I 107] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

nothing else to do he kept up one song after another, as if to 
conceal the discontent of the rest. 

Of all the gloomy features of that gloomy afternoon, this ob- 
vious anxiety on the part of Long John appeared the worst. 

We held a council in the cabin. 

"Sir," said the captain, "if I risk another order the whole ship 
'11 come about our ears by the run. You see, sir, here it is. I get 
a rough answer, do I not ? Well, if I speak back, pikes will be going 
in two shakes; if I don't Silver will see there's something under 
that, and the game's up. Now, we've only one man to rely on." 

"And who is that?" asked the squire. 

"Silver, sir," returned the captain; "he's as anxious as you 
and I to smother things up. This is a tiff; he'd soon talk 'em 
out of it if he had the chance, and what I propose to do is to give 
him the chance. Let's allow the men an afternoon ashore. If 
they all go, why, we'll fight the ship. If they none of them go, 
well, then, we hold the cabin, and God defend the right. If some 
go, you mark my words, sir, Silver '11 bring 'em aboard again as 
mild as lambs." 

It was so decided; loaded pistols were served out to all the sure 
men; Hunter, Joyce, and Redruth were taken into our confidence, 
and received the news with less surprise and a better spirit than 
we had looked for, and then the captain went on deck and ad- 
dressed the crew. 

"My lads," said he, "we've had a hot day, and are all tired 
and out of sorts. A turn ashore '11 hurt nobody -the boats are 
still in the water; you can take the gigs, and as many as please 
can go ashore for the afternoon. I'll fire a gun half an hour 
before sundown." 

I believe the silly fellows must have thought they would break 
their shins over treasure as soon as they were landed; for they 
all came out of their sulks in a moment and gave a cheer that 
started the echo in a far-away hill and sent the birds once more 
flying and squalling round the anchorage. 

The captain was too bright to be in the way. He whipped 
out of sight in a moment, leaving Silver to arrange the party, 

[108 1 






??W/fgm^3Sy$. 












- & ,1 




Q 
W 
O 



.-3 

PH 



\ 






W 
W 



c/} 

Q 



K 
O 



CQ 



H 
ffi 
O 



U 



TREASURE ISLAND 

and I fancy it was as well he did so. Had he been on deck, he 
could no longer so much as have pretended not to understand the 
situation. It was as plain as day. Silver was the captain, and 
a mighty rebellious crew he had of it. The honest hands and 
I was soon to see it proved that there were such on board must 
have been very stupid fellows. Or, rather, I suppose the truth 
was this, that all hands were disaffected by the example of the 
ringleaders only some more, some less; and a few, being good 
fellows in the main, could neither be led nor driven any further. 
It is one thing to be idle and skulk, and quite another to take 
a ship and murder a number of innocent men. 

At last, however, the party was made up. Six fellows were 
to stay on board, and the remaining thirteen, including Silver, 
began to embark. 

Then it was that there came into my head the first of the 
mad notions that contributed so much to save our lives. If six 
men were left by Silver, it was plain our party could not take 
and fight the ship; and since only six were left, it was equally 
plain that the cabin party had no present need of my assistance. 
It occurred to me at once to go ashore. In a jiffy I had slipped 
over the side and curled up in the foresheets of the nearest boat, 
and almost at the same moment she shoved off. 

No one took notice of me, only the bow oar saying: "Is that 
you, Jim? Keep your head down." But Silver, from the other 
boat, looked sharply over and called out to know if that were 
me; and from that moment I began to regret what I had done. 

The crews raced for the beach; but the boat I was in, having 
some start, and being at once the lighter and the better manned, 
shot far ahead of her consort, and the bow had struck among 
the shore-side trees, and I had caught a branch and swung my- 
self out, and plunged into the nearest thicket, while Silver and 
the rest were still a hundred yards behind. 

"Jim, Jim!" I heard him shouting. 

But you may suppose I paid no heed; jumping, ducking, and 
breaking through, I ran straight before my nose, till I could run 
no longer. 

[in] 





XIV 



THE FIRST BLOW 

WAS so pleased at having given the slip to 
Long John, that I began to enjoy myself and 
look around me with some interest on the 
strange land that I was in. 

I had crossed a marshy tract full of willows, 
bulrushes, and odd, outlandish, swampy trees; 
and I had now come out upon the skirts of an 
open piece of undulating, sandy country, about a mile long, 
dotted with a few pines, and a great number of contorted trees 
not unlike the oak in growth, but pale in the foliage, like willows. 
On the far side of the open stood one of the hills, with two quaint, 
craggy peaks, shining vividly in the sun. 

I now felt for the first time the joy of exploration. The isle 
was uninhabited; my shipmates I had left behind, and nothing 
lived in front of me but dumb brutes and fowls. I turned hither 
and thither among the trees. Here and there were flowering 
plants unknown to me; here and there I saw snakes, and one 
raised his head from a ledge of rock and hissed at me with a 
noise not unlike the spinning of a top. Little did I suppose that 
he was a deadly enemy and that the noise was the famous rattle. 

[112] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

Then I came to a long thicket of these oak-like trees live, 
or evergreen, oaks, I heard afterward they should be called- 
which grew low along the sand like brambles, the boughs curiously 
twisted, the foliage compact, like thatch. The thicket stretched 
down from the top of one of the sandy knolls, spreading and 
growing taller as it went, until it reached the margin of the 
broad, reedy fen, through which the nearest of the little rivers 
soaked its way into the anchorage. The marsh was steaming in 
the strong sun, and the outline of the Spy-glass trembled through 
the haze. 

All at once there began to go a sort of bustle among the bul- 
rushes; a wild duck flew up with a quack, another followed, and 
soon over the whole surface of the marsh a great cloud of birds 
hung screaming and circling in the air. I judged at once that 
some of my shipmates must be drawing near along the borders 
of the fen. Nor was I deceived; for soon I heard the very dis- 
tant and low tones of a human voice, which, as I continued to 
give ear, grew steadily louder and nearer. 

This put me in a great fear, and I crawled under cover of the 
nearest live-oak and squatted there, barkening, as silent as a mouse. 

Another voice answered; and then the first voice, which I 
now recognized to be Silver's, once more took up the story, and 
ran on for a long while in a stream, only now and again inter- 
rupted by the other. By the sound they must have been talk- 
ing earnestly, and almost fiercely; but no distinct word came 
to my hearing. 

At last the speakers seemed to have paused, and perhaps to 
have sat down; for not only did they cease to draw any nearer, 
but the birds themselves began to grow more quiet and to settle 
again to their places in the swamp. 

And now I began to feel that I was neglecting my business; 
that since I had been so foolhardy as to come ashore with these 
desperadoes, the least I could do was to overhear them at their 
councils; and that rny plain and obvious duty was to draw as 
close as I could manage, under the favorable ambush of the 
crouching trees. 



TREASURE ISLAND 

I could tell the direction of the speakers pretty exactly, not 
only by the sound of their voices, but by the behavior of the 
few birds that still hung in alarm above the heads of the in- 
truders. 

Crawling on all-fours, I made steadily but slowly toward them; 
till at last, raising my head to an aperture among the leaves, I 
could see clear down into a little green dell beside the marsh, 
and closely set about with trees, where Long John Silver and 
another of the crew stood face to face in conversation. 

The sun beat full upon them. Silver had thrown his hat be- 
side him on the ground, and his great smooth, blond face, all 
shining with heat, was lifted to the other man's in a kind of 
appeal. 

"Mate," he was saying, "it's because I thinks gold dust of 
you gold dust, and you may lay to that! If I hadn't took to 
you like pitch, do you think I'd have been here a-warning of 
you? All's up you can't make nor mend; it's to save your 
neck that I'm a-speaking, and if one of the wild uns knew it, 
where 'u'd I be, Tom now, tell me, where 'u'd I be?" 

"Silver," said the other man and I observed he was not 
only red in the face, but spoke as hoarse as a crow, and his 
voice shook, too, like a taut rope "Silver," says he, "you're 
old, and you're honest, or has the name for it; and you've money, 
too, which lots of poor sailors hasn't; and you're brave, or I'm 
mistook. And will you tell me you'll let yourself be led away 
with that kind of a mess of swabs? Not you! As sure as God 
sees me, I'd sooner lose my hand. If I turn agin my dooty " 

And then all of a sudden he was interrupted by a noise. I 
had found one of the honest hands well, here, at that same 
moment, came news of another. Far away out in the marsh 
there arose, all of a sudden, a sound like the cry of anger, then 
another on the back of it; and then one horrid, long-drawn 
scream. The rocks of the Spy-glass re-echoed it a score of times; 
the whole troop of marsh birds rose again, darkening heaven, 
with simultaneous whir; and long after that death-yell was still 
ringing in my brain silence had re-established its empire and 

[114] 



m'mm 

v.VI/' '.WA "'\SfifsL -x-_ -ST""^- 4 -^ ^ "* ) Jt-^zv' f 

I:: ' ^T 



^wB&ir-v-* - : 

,.^-'-,&MM^ ^' 






^^^^A. A V c ^r^/vW'*y 




JUST BEFORE HIM TOM LAY MOTIONLESS UPON THE 

SWARD 




REASURE ISLAND 

only the rustle of the redescending birds and the boom of the 
distant surges disturbed the languor of the afternoon. 

Tom had leaped at the sound like a horse at the spur; but 
Silver had not winked an eye. He stood where he was, resting 
lightly on his crutch, watching his companion like a snake about 
to spring. 

"John!" said the sailor, stretching out his hand. 

"Hands off!" cried Silver, leaping back a yard, as it seemed 
to me, with the speed and security of a trained gymnast. 

"Hands off, if you like, John Silver," said the other. 'It's a 
black conscience that can make you feared of me. But, in 
Heaven's name, tell me what was that?" 

"That?" returned Silver, smiling away, but warier than ever, 
his eye a mere pin-point in his big face, but gleaming like a 
crumb of glass. "That? Oh, I reckon that '11 be Alan." 

And at this poor Tom flashed out like a hero. 

"Alan!" he cried. 'Then rest his soul for a true seaman! 
And as for you, John Silver, long you've been a mate of mine, 
but you're mate of mine no more. If I die like a dog, I'll die in 
my dooty. You've killed Alan, have you? Kill me, too, if you 
can. But I defies you." 

And with that this brave fellow turned his back directly on 
the cook, and set ofF walking for the beach. But he was not 
destined to go far. With a cry John seized the branch of a tree, 
whipped the crutch out of his armpit, and sent that uncouth 
missile hurtling through the air. It struck poor Tom, point 
foremost, and with stunning violence, right between the shoulders 
in the middle of his back. His hands flew up, he gave a sort of 
gasp, and fell. 

Whether he were injured much or little, none could ever tell. 
Like enough, to judge from the sound, his back was broken on 
the spot. But he had no time given him to recover. Silver, agile 
as a monkey, even without leg or crutch, was on the top of him 
next moment, and had twice buried his knife up to the hilt in 
that defenseless body. From my place of ambush I could hear 
him pant aloud as he struck the blows. 

[117] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

I do not know what it rightly is to faint, but I do know that 
for the next little while the whole world swam away from before 
me in a whirling mist; Silver and the birds and the tall Spy-glass 
hilltop going round and round and topsy-turvy before my eyes, 
and all manner of bells ringing and distant voices shouting in 
my ears. 

When I came again to myself the monster had pulled himself 
together, his crutch under his arm, his hat upon his head. Just 
before him Tom lay motionless upon the sward; but the mur- 
derer minded him not a whit, cleansing his blood-stained knife 
the while upon a wisp of grass. Everything else was unchanged, 
the sun still shining mercilessly on the steaming marsh and the 
tall pinnacle of the mountain, and I could scarce persuade myself 
that murder had actually been done and a human life cruelly 
cut short a moment since before my eyes. 

But now John put his hand into his pocket, brought out a 
whistle, and blew upon it several modulated blasts that rang 
far across the heated air. I could not tell, of course, the mean- 
ing of the signal; but it instantly awoke my fears. More men 
would be coming. I might be discovered. They had already 
slain two of the honest people; after Tom and Alan might not 
I come next? 

Instantly I began to extricate myself and crawl back again, 
with what speed and silence I could manage, to the more open 
portion of the wood. As I did so I could hear hails coming and 
going between the old bucaneer and his comrades, and this 
sound of danger lent me wings. As soon as I was clear of the 
thicket I ran as I never ran before, scarce minding the direction 
of my flight, so long as it led me from the murderers; and as I 
ran fear grew and grew upon me until it turned into a kind of 
frenzy. 

Indeed, could any one be more entirely lost than I? When 
the gun fired, how should I dare to go down to the boats among 
those fiends, still smoking from their crime? Would not the 
first of them who saw me wring my neck like a snipe's? Would 
not my absence itself be an evidence to them of my alarm, and 

[118] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

therefore of my fatal knowledge? It was all over, I thought. 
Good-by to the Hispaniola; good-by to the squire, the doctor, 
the captain! There was nothing left for me but death by star- 
vation or death by the hands of the mutineers. 

All this while, as I say, I was still running, and, without taking 
any notice, I had drawn near to the foot of the little hill with 
the two peaks, and had got into a part of the island where the 
live-oaks grew more widely apart and seemed more like forest 
trees in their bearing and dimensions. Mingled with these were 
a few scattered pines, some fifty, some nearer seventy, feet high. 
The air, too, smelled more freshly than down beside the marsh. 

And here a fresh alarm brought me to a standstill with a 
thumping heart. 





THE MAN OF THE ISLAND 

ROM the side of the hill, which was here steep 
and stony, a spout of gravel was dislodged and 
fell rattling and bounding through the trees. 
My eyes turned instinctively in that direction, 
and I saw a figure leap with great rapidity be- 
hind the trunk of a pine. What it was, 
whether bear or man or monkey, I could in 
no wise tell. It seemed dark and shaggy; more I knew not. 
But the terror of this new apparition brought me to a stand. 

I was now, it seemed, cut off upon both sides; behind me the 
murderers, before me this lurking nondescript. And immediately 
I began to prefer the dangers that I knew to those I knew not. 
Silver himself appeared less terrible in contrast with this creature 
of the woods, and I turned on my heel and, looking sharply be- 
hind me over my shoulder, began to retrace my steps in the 
direction of the boats. 

Instantly the figure reappeared, and, making a wide circuit, 
began to head me off. I was tired, at any rate; but had I been 
as fresh as when I rose I could see it was in vain for me to con- 
tend in speed with such an adversary. From trunk to trunk the 
creature flitted like a deer, running manlike on two legs, but 

[120] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

unlike any man that I had ever seen, stooping almost double 
as it ran. Yet a man it was; I could no longer be in doubt 
about that. 

I began to recall what I had heard of cannibals. I was within 
an ace of calling for help. But the mere fact that he was a man, 
however wild, had somewhat reassured me, and my fear of Silver 
began to revive in proportion. I stood still, therefore, and cast 
about for some method of escape; and as I was so thinking 
the recollection of my pistol flashed into my mind. As soon as 
I remembered I was not defenseless, courage glowed again in my 
heart; and I set my face resolutely for this man of the island 
and walked briskly toward him. 

He was concealed by this time behind another tree-trunk; 
but he must have been watching me closely, for as soon as I 
began to move in his direction he reappeared and took a step 
to meet me. Then he hesitated, drew back, came forward again, 
and at last, to my wonder and confusion, threw himself on his 
knees and held out his clasped hands in supplication. 

At that I once more stopped. 

'Who are you?" I asked. 

'Ben Gunn," he answered, and his voice sounded hoarse and 
awkward, like a rusty lock. 'I'm poor Ben Gunn, I am; and 
I haven't spoke with a Christian these three years." 

I could now see that he was a white man like myself, and that 
his features were even pleasing. His skin, wherever it was ex- 
posed, was burnt by the sun; even his lips were black; and his 
fair eyes looked quite startling in so dark a face. Of all the 
beggar-men that I had seen or fancied he was the chief for rag- 
gedness. He was clothed with tatters of old ship's canvas and 
old sea cloth; and this extraordinary patchwork was all held to- 
gether by a system of the most various and incongruous fasten- 
ings brass buttons, bits of stick, and loops of tarry gaskin. 
About his waist he wore an old brass-buckled leather belt, which 
was the one thing solid in his whole accoutrement. 

'Three years!" I cried. 'Were you shipwrecked?" 

"Nay, mate," said he "marooned." 
9 [121] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

I had heard the word, and I knew it stood for a horrible kind 
of punishment common enough among the bucaneers, in which 
the offender is put ashore with a little powder and shot, and left 
behind on some desolate and distant island. 

"Marooned three years agone," he continued, "and lived on 
goats since then, and berries, and oysters. Wherever a man is, 
says I, a man can do for himself. But, mate, my heart is sore 
for Christian diet. You mightn't happen to have a piece of 
cheese about you, now? No? Well, many's the long night I've 
dreamed of cheese toasted, mostly and woke up again, and 
here I were." 

"If ever I can get on board again," said I, "you shall have 
cheese by the stone." 

All this time he had been feeling the stuff of my jacket, smooth- 
ing my hands, looking at my boots, and generally, in the intervals 
of his speech, showing a childish pleasure in the presence of a 
fellow-creature. But at my last words he perked up into a kind 
of startled shyness. 

"If ever you can get on board again, says you?" he repeated. 
'Why, now, who's to hinder you?" 

"Not you, I know," was my reply. 

"And right you was," he cried. "Now you what do you 
call yourself, mate?" 

"Jim," I told him. 

"Jim, Jim," says he, quite pleased apparently. 'Well, now, 
Jim, I've lived that rough as you'd be ashamed to hear of. Now, 
for instance, you wouldn't think I had had a pious mother to 
look at me?" he asked. 

'Why, no, not in particular," I answered. 

"Ah, well," said he, "but I had remarkable pious. And I 
was a civil, pious boy, and could rattle off my catechism that 
fast as you couldn't tell one word from another. And here's 
what it come to, Jim, and it begun with chuck-farthen on the 
blessed gravestones! That's what it begun with, but it went 
further 'n that; and so my mother told me, and predicked the 
whole, she did, the pious woman! But it were Providence that 

[ 122] 



,, ~J. - 




I'M POOR BEN GUNN, I AM. MAROONED THREE YEARS 
AGONE, AND LIVED ON GOATS SINCE THEN" 



TREASURE ISLAND 

put me here. I've thought it all out in this here lonely island, 
and I'm back on piety. You don't catch me tasting rum so 
much; but just a thimbleful for luck, of course, the first chance 
I have. I'm bound I'll be good, and I see the way to. And. 
Jim" looking all round him and lowering his voice to a whis- 
per "I'm rich." 

I now felt sure that the poor fellow had gone crazy in his 
solitude, and I suppose I must have shown the feeling in my 
face, for he repeated the statement hotly: 

"Rich! rich! I says. And I'll tell you what: I'll make a 
man of you, Jim. Ah, Jim, you'll bless your stars, you will, 
you was the first that found me!" 

And at this there came suddenly a lowering shadow over his 
face, and he tightened his grasp upon my hand, and raised a fore- 
finger threateningly before my eyes. 

"Now, Jim, you tell me true; that ain't Flint's ship?" he 
asked. 

At this I had a happy inspiration. I began to believe that 
I had found an ally, and I answered him at once. 

"It's not Flint's ship, and Flint is dead; but I'll tell you true, 
as you ask me there are some of Flint's hands aboard; worse 
luck for the rest of us." 

"Not a man with one leg?" he gasped. 

"Silver?" I asked. 

"Ah, Silver!" says he; "that were his name." 

"He's the cook; and the ringleader, too." 

He was still holding me by the wrist, and at that he gave it 
quite a wring. 

'If you was sent by Long John," he said, "I'm as good as 
pork, and I know it. But where was you, do you suppose?" 

I had made my mind up in a moment, and by way of 
answer told him the whole story of our voyage, and the predica- 
ment in which we found ourselves. He heard me with the 
keenest interest, and when I had done he patted me on the head. 

"You're a good lad, Jim," he said, "and you're all in a clove 
hitch, ain't you? Well, you just put your trust in Ben Gunn 

1 125] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

Ben Gunn's the man to do it. Would you think it likely, now, 
that your squire would prove a liberal-minded one in case of 
help him being in a clove hitch, as you remark?" 

I told him the squire was the most liberal of men. 

"Ay, but you see," returned Ben Gunn, "I didn't mean giving 
me a gate to keep, and a suit of livery clothes, and such; that's 
not my mark, Jim. What I mean is, would he be likely to come 
down to the toon of, say, one thousand pounds out of the money 
that's as good as a man's own already?" 

"I am sure he would," said I. "As it was, all hands were to 
share." 

"And a passage home?" he added, with a look of great shrewd- 
ness. 

"Why," I cried, "the squire's a gentleman. And besides, 
if we got rid of the others, we should want you to help work the 
vessel home." 

"Ah," said he, "so you would." And he seemed very much 
relieved. 

"Now, I'll tell you what," he went on. "So much I'll tell 
you, and no more. I were in Flint's ship when he buried the 
treasure; he and six along six strong seamen. They were 
ashore nigh on a week, and us standing off and on in the old 
Walrus. One fine day up went the signal, and here come Flint 
by himself in a little boat, and his head done up in a blue scarf. 
The sun was getting up, and mortal white he looked about the 
cutwater. But, there he was, you mind, and the six all dead- 
dead and buried. How he done it not a man aboard us could 
make out. It was battle, murder, and sudden death, leastways 
him against six. Billy Bones was the mate; Long John, he 
was quartermaster; and they asked him where the treasure was. 
'Ah,' says he, 'you can go ashore, if you like, and stay,' he says; 
'but as for the ship, she'll beat up for more, by thunder!' That's 
what he said. 

"Well, I was in another ship three years back, and we sighted 
this island. 'Boys,' said I, 'here's Flint's treasure; let's land 
and find it.' The cap'n was displeased at that; but my mess- 

[126] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

mates were all of a mind, and landed. Twelve days they looked 
for it, and every day they had the worse word for me, until one 
fine morning all hands went aboard. 'As for you, Benjamin 
Gunn,' says they, 'here's a musket,' they says, 'and a spade and 
pickax. You can stay here and find Flint's money for yourself,' 
they says. 

"Well, Jim, three years have I been here, and not a bite of 
Christian diet from that day to this. But now, you look here; 
look at me. Do I look like a man before the mast? No, says 
you. Nor I weren't, neither, I says." 

With that he winked and pinched me hard. 

"Just you mention them words to your squire, Jim," he 
went on. "Nor he weren't, neither that's the words. Three 
years he were the man of this island, light and dark, fair and 
rain; and sometimes he would, maybe, think upon a prayer 
(says you), and sometimes he would, maybe, think of his old 
mother, so be as she's alive (you'll say); but the most part of 
Gunn's time (this is what you'll say) the most part of his time 
was took up with another matter. And then you'll give him a 
nip, like I do." 

And he pinched me again in the most confidential manner. 

"Then," he continued "then you'll up, and you'll say this: 
Gunn is a good man (you'll say), and he puts a precious sight 
more confidence a precious sight, mind that in a gen'leman 
born than in these gen'lemen of fortune, having been one hisself." 

"Well," I said, "I don't understand one word that you've 
been saying. But that's neither here nor there; for how am I 
to get on board?" 

"Ah," said he, "that's the hitch, for sure. Well, there's my 
boat, that I made with my two hands. I keep her under the 
white rock. If the worst comes to the worst, we might try that 
after dark. Hi!" he broke out, "what's that?" 

Foi just then, although the sun had still an hour or two to run, 
all the echoes of the island awoke and bellowed to the thunder 
of a cannon. 

"They have begun to fight!" I cried. "Follow me." 

[127] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

And I began to run toward the anchorage, my terrors all for- 
gotten; while, close at my side, the marooned man in his goat- 
skins trotted easily and lightly. 

"Left, left," says he; "keep to your left hand, mate Jim! 
Under the trees with you! Theer's where I killed my first goat. 
They don't come down here now; they're all mastheaded on 
them mountings for the fear of Benjamin Gunn. Ah! and 
there's the cetemery" cemetery, he must have meant. 'You 
see the mounds? I come here and prayed, nows and thens, when 
I thought maybe Sunday would be about doo. It weren't quite 
a chapel, but it seemed more solemn like; and then, says you, 
Ben Gunn was short-handed no chapling, nor so much as a 
Bible and a flag, you says." 

So he kept talking as I ran, neither expecting nor receiving 
any answer. 

The cannon-shot was followed, after a considerable interval, 
by a volley of small arms. 

Another pause, and then, not a quarter of a mile in front of 
me, I beheld the Union Jack flutter in the air above a wood. 



HE STOCKADE 





NARRATIVE CONTINUED BY THE DOCTOR: HOW THE SHIP WAS 

ABANDONED 




T was about half past one three bells in the 
sea phrase that the two boats went ashore 
from the Hispaniola. The captain, the squire, 
and I were talking matters over in the cabin. 
Had there been a breath of wind we should 
have fallen on the six mutineers who were left 

aboard with us, slipped our cable, and away 

to sea. But the wind was wanting; and, to complete our help- 
lessness, down came Hunter with the news that Jim Hawkins 
had slipped into a boat and was gone ashore with the rest. 

It never occurred to us to doubt Jim Hawkins; but we were 
alarmed for his safety. With the men in the temper they were 
in, it seemed an even chance if we should see the lad again. 
We ran on deck. The pitch was bubbling in the seams; the 
nasty stench of the place turned me sick; if ever man smelled 
fever and dysentery, it was in that abominable anchorage. The 
six scoundrels were sitting grumbling under a sail in the fore- 
castle; ashore we could see the gigs made fast, and a man sitting 
in each, hard by where the river runs in. One of them was 
whistling "Lillibullero." 

[131] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

Waiting was a strain; and it was decided that Hunter and I 
should go ashore with the jolly-boat in quest of information. 
The gigs had leaned to their right; but Hunter and I pulled 
straight in, in the direction of the stockade upon the chart. The 
two who were left guarding their boats seemed in a bustle at our 
appearance; "Lillibullero" stopped off, and I could see the pair 
discussing what they ought to do. Had they gone and told 
Silver, all might have turned out differently; but they had their 
orders, I suppose, and decided to sit quietly where they were and 
hark back again to "Lillibullero." 

There was a slight bend in the coast, and I steered so as to 
put it between us; even before we landed we had thus lost sight 
of the gigs. I jumped out and came as near running as I durst, 
with a big silk handkerchief under my hat for coolness' sake, and 
a brace of pistols ready primed for safety. 

I had not gone a hundred yards when I came on the stockade. 

This was how it was: a spring of clear water rose almost at 
the top of a knoll. Well, on the knoll, and inclosing the spring, 
they had clapped a stout log house, fit to hold twoscore people 
on a pinch, and loopholed for musketry on every side. All round 
this they had cleared a wide space, and then the thing was com- 
pleted by a paling six feet high, without door or opening, too 
strong to pull down without time and labor, and too open to 
shelter the besiegers. The people in the log house had them in 
every way; they stood quiet in shelter and shot the others like 
partridges. All they wanted was a good watch and food; for, 
short of a complete surprise, they might have held the place 
against a regiment. 

What particularly took my fancy was the spring. For, though 
we had a good enough place of it in the cabin of the flispaniola, 
with plenty of arms and ammunition, and things to eat, and 
excellent wines, there had been one thing overlooked we had 
no water. I was thinking this over when there came ringing 
over the island the cry of a man at the point of death. I was 
not new to violent death I have served his Royal Highness the 
Duke of Cumberland, and got a wound myself at Fontenoy 

[ 132] 




TOWN, DOG!" CRIES THE CAPTAIN. AND THE HEAD 

POPPED BACK AGAIN 



TREASURE ISLAND 

but I know my pulse went dot and carry one. 'Jim Hawkins 
is gone" was my first thought. 

It is something to have been an old soldier, but more still to 
have been a doctor. There is no time to dilly-dally in our work. 
And so now I made up my mind instantly; and with no time 
lost returned to the shore and jumped on board the jolly-boat. 

By good fortune Hunter pulled a good oar. We made the 
water fly; and the boat was soon alongside and I aboard the 
schooner. 

I found them all shaken, as was natural. The squire was 
sitting down, as white as a sheet, thinking of the harm he had 
led us to, the good soul! and one of the six forecastle hands 
was little better. 

'There's a man," says Captain Smollett, nodding toward him, 
"new to this work. He came nigh-hand fainting, Doctor, when 
he heard the cry. Another touch of the rudder and that man 
would join us." 

I told my plan to the captain, and between us we settled on 
the details of its accomplishment. 

We put old Redruth in the gallery between the cabin and the 
forecastle, with three or four loaded muskets and a mattress 
for protection. Hunter brought the boat round under the stern 
port, and Joyce and I set to work loading her with powder-tins, 
muskets, bags of biscuits, kegs of pork, a cask of cognac, and my 
invaluable medicine-chest. 

In the mean time the squire and the captain stayed on deck, 
and the latter hailed the coxswain, who was the principal man 
aboard. 

"Mr. Hands," he said, "here are two of us with a brace of 
pistols each. If any one of you six make a signal of any descrip- 
tion, that man's dead." 

They were a good deal taken aback, and, after a little consulta- 
tion, one and all tumbled down the fore companion, thinking, 
no doubt, to take us on the rear. But when they saw Redruth 
waiting for them in the sparred gallery they went about ship 
at once, and a head popped out again on deck. 

[135] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

"Down, dog!" cries the captain. 

And the head popped back again, and we heard no more for 
a time of these six very faint-hearted seamen. 

By this time, tumbling things in as they came, we had the 
jolly-boat loaded as much as we dared. Joyce and I got out 
through the stern port, and we made for shore again as fast 
as oars could take us. 

This second trip fairly aroused the watchers along shore. 
"Lillibullero" was dropped again; and just before we lost sight 
of them behind the little point one of them whipped ashore 
and disappeared. I had half a mind to change my plan and 
destroy their boats, but I feared that Silver and the others 
might be close at hand and all might very well be lost by trying 
for too much. 

We had soon touched land in the same place as before, and 
set to provision the block house. All three made the first journey, 
heavily laden, and tossed our stores over the palisade. Then, 
leaving Joyce to guard them one man, to be sure, but with 
half a dozen muskets Hunter and I returned to the jolly-boat 
and loaded ourselves once more. So we proceeded without 
pausing to take breath, till the whole cargo was bestowed, when 
the two servants took up their position in the blockhouse, and 
I, with all my power, sculled back to the Hispaniola. 

That we should have risked a second boat-load seems more 
daring than it really was. They had the advantage of numbers, 
of course, but we had the advantage of arms. Not one of the 
men ashore had a musket, and before they could get within 
range of pistol-shooting we flattered ourselves we should be able 
to give a good account of half a dozen at least. 

The squire was waiting for me at the stern window, all his 
faintness gone from him. He caught the painter and made it 
fast, and we fell to loading the boat for our very lives. Pork, 
powder, and biscuit was the cargo, with only a musket and a cut- 
lass apiece for the squire and me and Redruth and the captain. 
The rest of the arms and powder we dropped overboard in two 
fathoms and a half of water, so that we could see the bright 

[136] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

9 

steel shining far below us in the sun, on the clean, sandy 
bottom. 

By this time the tide was beginning to ebb, and the ship 
was swinging round to her anchor. Voices were heard faintly 
hallooing in the direction of the two gigs; and though this re- 
assured us for Joyce and Hunter, who were well to the eastward, 
it warned our party to be off. 

Redruth retreated from his place in the gallery, and dropped 
into the boat, which we then brought round to the ship's counter 
to be handier for Captain Smollett. 

"Now, men," said he, "do you hear me?" 

There was no answer from the forecastle. 

"It's to you, Abraham Gray it's to you I am speaking." 

Still no reply. 

"Gray," resumed Mr. Smollett, a little louder, "I am leaving 
this ship, and I order you to follow your captain. I know you 
are a good man at bottom, and I dare say not one of the lot of 
you's as bad as he makes out. I have my watch here in my hand; 
I give you thirty seconds to join me in." 

There was a pause. 

"Come, my fine fellow," continued the captain, "don't hang 
so long in stays. I'm risking my life and the lives of these good 
gentlemen every second." 

There was a sudden scuffle, a sound of blows, and out burst 
Abraham Gray with a knife-cut on the side of the cheek, and 
came running to the captain, like a dog to the whistle. 

"I'm with you, sir," said he. 

And the next moment he and the captain had dropped aboard 
of us, and we had shoved off and given way. 

We were clear out of the ship; but not yet ashore in our 
stockade. 



10 



: ^C^fex^ 
^J^2rv=u/ 



s g: 





XVII 

NARRATIVE CONTINUED BY THE DOCTOR: THE JOLLY-BOAT's LAST 

TRIP 

HIS fifth trip was quite different from any 
of the others. In the first place, the little 
gallipot of a boat that we were in was 
gravely overloaded. Five grown men, and 
three of them Trelawney, Redruth, and 
the captain - - over six feet high, were al- 
ready more than she was meant to carry. 
Add to that the powder, pork, and bread-bags. The gunwale 
was lipping astern. Several times we shipped a little water, 
and my breeches and the tails of my coat were all soaking wet 
before we had gone a hundred yards. 

The captain made us trim the boat, and we got her to lie a 
little more evenly. All the same, we were afraid to breathe. 

In the second place, the ebb was now making a strong rippling 
current running westward, through the basin, and then south'ard 
and seaward down the straits by which we had entered in the 
morning. Even the ripples were a danger to our overloaded 
craft; but the worst of it was that we were swept out of our 

[138] 




TREASURE ISLAND 

true course and away from our proper landing-place behind the 
point. If we let the current have its way we should come ashore 
beside the gigs, where the pirates might appear at any moment. 

"I cannot keep her head for the stockade, sir," said I to the 
captain. I was steering, while he and Red ruth, two fresh men, 
were at the oars. "The tide keeps washing her down. Could 
you pull a little stronger?" 

"Not without swamping the boat," said he. 'You must bear 
up, sir, if you please bear up until you see you're gaining." 

I tried, and found by experiment that the tide kept sweeping 
us westward until I had laid her head due east, or just about 
right angles to the way we ought to go. 

"We'll never get ashore at this rate," said I. 

"If it's the only course that we can lie, sir, we must even lie 
it," returned the captain. 'We must keep up-stream. You see, 
sir," he went on, "if once we dropped to leeward of the landing- 
place it's hard to say where we should get ashore, besides the 
chance of being boarded by the gigs; whereas, the way we go 
the current must slacken, and then we can dodge back along the 
shore." 

"The current's less a'ready, sir," said the man Gray, who was 
sitting in the fore-sheets; "you can ease her off a bit." 

"Thank you, my man," said I, quite as if nothing had hap- 
pened; for we had all quietly made up our minds to treat him 
like one of ourselves. 

Suddenly the captain spoke up again, and I thought his voice 
was a little changed. 

'The gun!" said he. 

"I have thought of that," said I, for I made sure he was 
thinking of a bombardment of the fort. 'They could never get 
the gun ashore, and if they did they could never haul it through 
the woods." 

"Look astern, Doctor," replied the captain. 

We had entirely forgotten the long nine; and there, to our 
horror, were the five rogues busy about her, getting off her 
jacket, as they called the stout tarpaulin cover under which she 



TREASURE ISLAND 

sailed. Not only that, but it flashed into my mind at the same 
moment that the round-shot and the powder for the gun had 
been left behind, and a stroke with an ax would put it all into 
the possession of the evil ones aboard. 

"Israel was Flint's gunner," said Gray, hoarsely. 

At any risk, we put the boat's head direct for the landing- 
place. By this time we had got so far out of the run of the 
current that we kept steerage way even at our necessarily gentle 
rate of rowing, and I could keep her steady for the goal. But 
the worst of it was that with the course I now held we turned 
our broadside instead of our stern to the Hispaniola, and 
offered a target like a barn door. 

I could hear, as well as see, that brandy-faced rascal, Israel 
Hands, plumping down a round-shot on the deck. 

"Who's the best shot?" asked the captain. 

"Mr. Trelawney, out and away," said I. 

"Mr. Trelawney, will you please pick me off one of these men, 
sir? Hands, if possible," said the captain. 

Trelawney was as cool as steel. He looked to the priming of 
his gun. 

"Now," cried the captain, "easy with that gun, sir, or you'll 
swamp the boat. All hands stand by to trim her when he aims." 

The squire raised his gun, the rowing ceased, and we leaned 
over to the other side to keep the balance, and all was so nicely 
contrived that we did not ship a drop. 

They had the gun, by this time, slewed round upon the swivel, 
and Hands, who was at the muzzle with the rammer, was, in 
consequence, the most exposed. However, we had no luck, 
for just as Trelawney fired, down he stooped, the ball whistled 
over him, and it was one of the other four who fell. 

The cry he gave was echoed, not only by his companions on 
board, but by a great number of voices from the shore, and 
looking in that direction I saw the other pirates trooping out 
from among the trees and tumbling into their places in the 
boats. 

"Here come the gigs, sir," said I. 

[140] 




TELL US, SQUIRE, WHEN YOU SEE THE MATCH, AND 

WE'LL HOLD WATER" 



TREASURE ISLAND 

"Give way, then," cried the captain. "We mustn't mind if 
we swamp her now. If we can't get ashore, all's up." 

"Only one of the gigs is being manned, sir," I added, "the 
crew of the other most likely going round by shore to cut us off." 

'They'll have a hot run, sir," returned the captain. "Jack 
ashore, you know. It's not them I mind; it's the round-shot. 
Carpet bowls! My lady's maid couldn't miss. Tell us, Squire, 
when you see the match, and we'll hold water." 

In the mean while we had been making headway at a good pace 
for a boat so overloaded, and we had shipped but little water in 
the process. We were now close in; thirty or forty strokes and 
we should beach her; for the ebb had already disclosed a narrow 
belt of sand below the clustering trees. The gig was no longer 
to be feared; the little point had already concealed it from our 
eyes. The ebb-tide, which had so cruelly delayed us, was now 
making reparation and delaying our assailants. The one source 
of danger was the gun. 

"If I durst," said the captain, "I'd stop and pick off another 



man.' 



But it was plain that they meant nothing should delay their 
shot. They had never so much as looked at their fallen comrade, 
though he was not dead, and I could see him trying to crawl 
away. 

"Ready!" cried the squire. 

"Hold!" cried the captain, quick as an echo. 

And he and Redruth backed with a great heave that sent her 
stern bodily under water. The report fell in at the same instant 
of time. This was the first that Jim heard, the sound of the 
squire's shot not having reached him. Where the ball passed 
not one of us precisely knew, but I fancy it must have been 
over our heads, and that the wind of it may have contributed to 
our disaster. 

At any rate the boat sank by the stern, quite gently, in three 
feet of water, leaving the captain and myself, facing each other 
on our feet. The other three took complete headers, and came 
up again, drenched and bubbling. 

[143] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

So far there was no great harm. No lives were lost, and we 
could wade ashore in safety. But there were all our stores at 
the bottom, and, to make things worse, only two guns out of 
five remained in a state for service. Mine I had snatched from 
my knees and held over my head by a sort of instinct. As for 
the captain, he had carried his over his shoulder by a bandoleer, 
and, like a wise man, lock uppermost. The other three had gone 
down with the boat. 

To add to our concern we heard voices already drawing near 
us in the woods along shore; and we had not only the danger of 
being cut off from the stockade in our half-crippled state, but 
the fear before us whether, if Hunter and Joyce were attacked 
by half a dozen, they would have the sense and conduct to stand 
firm. Hunter was steady, that we knew; Joyce was a doubtful 
case a pleasant, polite man for a valet and to brush one's 
clothes, but not entirely fitted for a man of war. 

With all this in our minds we waded ashore as fast as we could, 
leaving behind us the poor jolly-boat and a good half of all our 
powder and provisions. 





NARRATIVE CONTINUED BY THE DOCTOR: END OF THE FIRST DAY S 

FIGHTING 

E made our best speed across the strip of 
wood that now divided us from the stockade, 
and at every step we took the voices of the 
bucaneers rang nearer. Soon we could hear 
their footfalls as they ran, and the cracking 
of the branches as they breasted across a bit 
of thicket. 

I began to see we should have a brush for it in earnest, and 
looked to my priming. 

"Captain," said I, "Trelawney is the dead shot. Give him 
your gun; his own is useless." 

They exchanged guns, and Trelawney, silent and cool as he 
had been since the beginning of the bustle, hung a moment on 
his heel to see that all was fit for service. At the same time, 
observing Gray to be unarmed, I handed him my cutlass. It 
did all our hearts good to see him spit in his hand, knit his brows, 
and make the blade sing through the air. It was plain from 
every line of his body that our new hand was worth his salt. 

Forty paces farther we came to the edge of the wood and saw 
the stockade in front of us. We struck the inclosure about the 



TREASURE ISLAND 

middle of the south side, and, almost at the same time, seven 
mutineers Job Anderson, the boatswain, at their head ap- 
peared in full cry at the southwestern corner. 

They paused, as if taken aback; and before they recovered 
not only the squire and I, but Hunter and Joyce from the block- 
house, had time to fire. The four shots came in rather a scatter- 
ing volley; but they did the business; one of the enemy actually 
fell, and the rest, without hesitation, turned and plunged into the 
trees. 

After reloading, we walked down the outside of the palisade 
to see the fallen enemy. He was stone-dead shot through the 
heart. 

We began to rejoice over our good success when just at that 
moment a pistol cracked in the bush, a ball whistled close past 
my ear, and poor Tom Redruth stumbled, and fell his length on 
the ground. Both the squire and I returned the shot; but as 
we had nothing to aim at, it is probable we only wasted powder. 
Then we reloaded, and turned our attention to poor Tom. 

The captain and Gray were already examining him, and I 
saw with half an eye that all was over. 

I believe the readiness of our return volley had scattered the 
mutineers once more, for we were suffered without further 
molestation to get the poor old gamekeeper hoisted over the 
stockade, and carried, groaning and bleeding, into the log 
house. 

Poor old fellow, he had not uttered one word of surprise, com- 
plaint, fear, or even acquiescence, from the very beginning of 
our troubles till now, when we had laid him down in the log 
house to die. He had lain like a Trojan behind his mattress in 
the gallery; he had followed every order silently, doggedly, and 
well; he was the oldest of our party by a score of years; and now, 
sullen, old, serviceable servant, it was he that was to die. 

The squire dropped down beside him on his knees and kissed 
his hand, crying like a child. 

'Be I going, Doctor?" he asked. 

"Tom, my man," said I, "you're going home.'* 

[146] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

"I wish I had had a lick at them with the gun first," he replied. 

'Tom," said the squire, "say you forgive me, won't you?" 

'Would that be respectful like, from me to you, Squire?" was 
the answer. "Howsoever, so be it, amen!" 

After a little while of silence he said he thought somebody 
might read a prayer. "It's the custom, sir," he added, apolo- 
getically. And not long after, without another word, he passed 
away. 

In the mean time the captain, whom I had observed to be 
wonderfully swollen about the chest and pockets, had turned 
out a great many various stores the British colors, a Bible, a 
coil of stoutish rope, pen, ink, the log-book, and pounds of 
tobacco. He had found a longish fir-tree lying felled and cleared 
in the inclosure, and with the help of Hunter he had set it up 
at the corner of the log-house where the trunks crossed and made 
an angle. Then, climbing on the roof, he had with his own hand 
bent and run up the colors. 

This seemed mightily to relieve him. He re-entered the log 
house and set about counting up the stores, as if nothing else 
existed. But he had an eye on Tom's passage, for all that; and 
as soon as all was over came forward with another flag and 
reverently spread it on the body. 

"Don't you take on, sir," he said, shaking the squire's hand. 
"All's 'tfell with him; no fear for a hand that's been shot down 
in his duty to captain and owner. It mayn't be good divinity, 
but it's a fact." 

Then he pulled me aside. 

"Dr. Livesey," he said, "in how many weeks do you and 
the squire expect the consort?" 

I told him it was a question, not of weeks, but of months; that 
if we were not back by the end of August Blandly was to send 
to find us; but neither sooner nor later. 'You can calculate for 
yourself," I said. 

"Why, yes," returned the captain, scratching his head, "and 
making a large allowance, sir, for all the gifts of Providence, I 
should say we were pretty close hauled." 

[147] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

"How do you mean?" I asked. 

"It's a pity, sir, we lost that second load. That's what I 
mean," replied the captain. "As for powder and shot, we'll do. 
But the rations are short, very short so short, Dr. Livesey, 
that we're, perhaps, as well without that extra mouth." 

And he pointed to the dead body under the flag. 

Just then, with a roar and a whistle, a round-shot passed high 
above the roof of the log house and plumped far beyond us in 
the wood. 

"Oho!" said the captain. "Blaze away! You've little enough 
powder already, my lads." 

At the second trial the aim was better, and the ball descended 
inside the stockade, scattering a cloud of sand, but doing no 
further damage. 

"Captain," said the squire, "the house is quite invisible from 
the ship. It must be the flag they are aiming at. Would it 
not be wiser to take it in?" 

"Strike my colors!" cried the captain. "No, sir, not I"; 
and, as soon as he had said the words, I think we all agreed with 
him. For it was not only a piece of stout, seamanly, good feeling; 
it was good policy besides, and showed our enemies that we 
despised their cannonade. 

All through the evening they kept thundering away. Ball 
after ball flew over or fell short or kicked up the sand in the 
inclosure; but they had to fire so high that the shot fell dead 
and buried itself in the soft sand. We had no ricochet to fear, 
and though one popped in through the roof of the log house 
and out again through the door, we soon got used to that sort of 
horse-play and minded it no more than cricket. 

"There is one thing good about all this," observed the captain; 
"the wood in front of us is likely clear. The ebb has made a 
good while; our stores should be uncovered. Volunteers to go 
and bring in pork." 

Gray and Hunter were the first to come forward. Well 
armed, they stole out of the stockade; but it proved a useless 
mission. The mutineers were bolder than we fancied, or they 

[148] 




I RAN TO THE DOOR IN TIME TO SEE JIM HAWKINS, 
SAFE AND SOUND, COME CLIMBING OVER THE 

STOCKADE 



TREASURE ISLAND 

put more trust in Israel's gunnery. For four or five of them 
were busy carrying off our stores and wading out with them 
to one of the gigs that lay close by, pulling an oar or so to hold 
her steady against the current. Silver was in the stern-sheets 
in command; and every man of them was now provided with a 
musket from some secret magazine of their own. 

The captain sat down to his log, and here is the beginning of 
the entry: 

Alexander Smollett, master; David Livesey, ship's doctor; Abraham Gray, 
carpenter's mate; John Trelawney, owner; John Hunter and Richard Joyce, 
owner's servants, landsmen being all that is left faithful of the ship's company 
with stores for ten days at short rations, came ashore this day, and flew 
British colors on the log house in Treasure Island. Thomas Redruth, owner's 
servant,, landsman, shot by the mutineers; James Hawkins, cabin-boy 

And at the same time I was wondering over poor Jim Hawkins's 
fate. 

A hail on the land side. 

"Somebody hailing us," said Hunter, who was on guard. 

"Doctor! Squire! Captain! Hullo, Hunter, is that you?" 
came the cries. 

And I ran to the door in time to see Jim Hawkins, safe and 
sound, come climbing over the stockade. 




XIX 



NARRATIVE RESUMED BY JIM HAWKINS: THE GARRISON IN THE 

STOCKADE 




S soon as Ben Gunn saw the colors he came to 
a halt, stopped me by the arm, and sat down. 
"Now," said he, "there's your friends, sure 
enough." 

"Far more likely it's the mutineers," I 
answered. 

'That!" he cried. 'Why, in a place like 
this, where nobody puts in but gen'lemen of fortune, Silver would 
fly the Jolly Roger, you don't make no doubt of that. No; 
that's your friends. There's been blows, too, and I reckon your 
friends has had the best of it; and here they are ashore in the 
old stockade as was made years and years ago by Flint. Ah, 
he was the man to have a head-piece, was Flint! Barring rum, 
his match were never seen. He was afraid of none, not he; 
on'y Silver Silver was that genteel." 

'Well," said I, "that may be so, and so be it; all the more 
reason that I should hurry on and join my friends." 

"Nay, mate," returned Ben, "not you. You're a good boy, 
or I'm mistook; but you're on'y a boy, all told. Now, Ben 

[152] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

Gunn is fly. Rum wouldn't bring me there, where you're going 
not rum wouldn't, till I see your born gen'leman and gets it 
on his word of honor. And you won't forget my words! 'A 
precious sight' (that's what you'll say), 'a precious sight more 
confidence'- and then nips him." 

And he pinched me the third time with the same air of clever- 
ness. 

"And when Ben Gunn is wanted, you know where to find him, 
Jim. Just wheer you found him to-day. And him that comes 
is to have a white thing in his hand; and he's to come alone. Oh! 
and you'll say this: 'Ben Gunn,' says you, 'has reasons of his 
own." 

"Well," said 1, "I believe I understand. You have something 
to propose, and you wish to see the squire or the doctor; and 
you're to be found where I found you. Is that all?" 

"And when? says you," he added. 'Why, from about noon 
observation to about six bells." 

"Good," said I; "and now may I go?" 

"You won't forget?" he inquired, anxiously. "Precious sight, 
and reasons of his own, says you. Reasons of his own; that's 
the mainstay; as between man and man. Well, then" still 
holding me "I reckon you can go, Jim. And, Jim, if you was 
to see Silver, you wouldn't go for to sell Ben Gunn ? Wild horses 
wouldn't draw it from you? No, says you. And if them pirates 
camp ashore, Jim, what would you say but there'd be widders 
in the morning?" 

Here he was interrupted by a loud report, and a cannon-ball 
came tearing through the trees and pitched in the sand not a 
hundred yards from where we two were talking. The next 
moment each of us had taken to his heels in a different direction. 

For a good hour to come frequent reports shook the island and 
balls kept crashing through the woods. I moved from hiding- 
place to hiding-place, always pursued, or so it seemed to me, by 
these terrifying missiles. But toward the end of the bombard- 
ment, though still I durst not venture in the direction of the 
stockade, where the balls fell oftenest, I had begun, in a manner, 

[153] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

to pluck up my heart again; and after a long detour to the east 
crept down among the shore-side trees. 

The sun had just set, the sea breeze was rustling and tumbling 
in the woods and ruffling the gray surface of the anchorage; 
the tide, too, was far out, and great tracts of sand lay uncovered; 
the air, after the heat of the day, chilled me through my jacket. 

The Hispaniola still lay where she had anchored; but, sure 
enough, there was the Jolly Roger the black flag of piracy 
flying from her peak. Even as I looked there came another 
red flash and another report that sent the echoes clattering, 
and one more round-shot whistled through the air. It was 
the last of the cannonade. 

I lay for some time, watching the bustle which succeeded the 
attack. Men were demolishing something with axes on the 
beach near the stockade; the poor jolly-boat, I afterward dis- 
covered. Away, near the mouth of the river, a great fire was 
glowing among the trees, and between that point and the ship 
one of the gigs kept coming and going, the men, whom I had 
seen so gloomy, shouting at the oars like children. But there 
was a sound in their voices which suggested rum. 

At length I thought I might return toward the stockade. 
I was pretty far down on the low, sandy spit that incloses the 
anchorage to the east and is joined at half-water to Skeleton 
Island; and now, as I rose to my feet, I saw, some distance 
further down the spit, and rising from among low bushes, an 
isolated rock, pretty high, and peculiarly white in color. It 
occurred to me that this might be the white rock of which Ben 
Gunn had spoken, and that some day or other a boat might be 
wanted, and I should know where to look for one. 

Then I skirted among the woods until I had regained the rear, 
or shoreward side, of the stockade, and was soon warmly welcomed 
by the faithful party. 

I had soon told my story, and began to look about me. The 
log house was made of unsquared trunks of pine roof, walls, and 
floor. The latter stood in several places as much as a foot or 
a foot and a half above the surface of the sand. There was a porch 

[154] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

at the door, and under this porch the little spring welled up into 
an artificial basin of a rather odd kind no other than a great 
ship's kettle of iron, with the bottom knocked out, and sunk 
"to her bearings," as the captain said, among the sand. 

Little had been left beside the framework of the house; but 
in one corner there was a stone slab laid down by way of hearth 
and an old rusty iron basket to contain the fire. 

The slopes of the knoll and all the inside of the stockade had 
been cleared of timber to build the house, and we could see by 
the stumps what a fine and lofty grove had been destroyed. 
Most of the soil had been washed away or buried in drift after 
the removal of the trees; only where the streamlet ran down from 
the kettle a thick bed of moss and some ferns and little creeping 
bushes were still green among the sand. Very close around the 
stockade too close for defense, they said the wood still flour- 
ished high and dense, all of fir on the land side, but toward the 
sea with a large admixture of live-oaks. 

The cold evening breeze, of which I have spoken, whistled 
through every chink of the rude building and sprinkled the 
floor with a continual rain of fine sand. There was sand in our 
eyes, sand in our teeth, sand in our suppers, sand dancing in 
the spring at the bottom of the kettle, for all the world like 
porridge beginning to boil. Our chimney was a square hole in 
the roof; it was but a little part of the smoke that found its way 
out, and the rest eddied about the house and kept us coughing 
and piping the eye. 

Add to this that Gray, the new man, had his face tied up in 
a bandage for a cut he had got in breaking away from the mu- 
tineers; and that poor old Tom Redruth, still unburied, lay 
along the wall, stiff and stark, under the Union Jack. 

If we had been allowed to sit idle we should all have fallen 
into the blues, but Captain Smollett was never the man for 
that. All hands were called up before him, and he divided us 
into watches. The doctor and Gray and I for one; the squire, 
Hunter, and Joyce upon the other. Tired as we all were, two 
were sent out for firewood; two more were set to dig a grave for 



TREASURE ISLAND 

Redruth; the doctor was named cook; I was put sentry at the 
door; and the captain himself went from one to another, keeping 
up our spirits, and lending a hand wherever it was wanted. 

From time to time the doctor came to the door for a little 
air and to rest his eyes, which were almost smoked out of his 
head; and whenever he did so he had a word for me. 

'That man Smollett," he said, "is a better man than I am. 
And when I say that it means a deal, Jim." 

Another time he came and was silent for a while. Then he 
put his head on one side and looked at me. 

"Is this Ben Gunn a man?" he asked. 

"I do not know, sir," said I. "I am not very sure whether 
he's sane." 

"If there's any doubt about the matter, he is," returned the 
doctor. "A man who has been three years biting his nails on 
a desert island, Jim, can't expect to appear as sane as you or me. 
It doesn't lie in human nature. Was it cheese you said he had a 
fancy for?" 

'Yes, sir, cheese," I answered. 

'Well, Jim," says he, "just see the good that comes of being 
dainty in your food. You've seen my snuff-box, haven't you? 
And you never saw me take snuff; the reason being that in my 
snuff-box I carry a piece of Parmesan cheese a cheese made in 
Italy, very nutritious. Well, that's for Ben Gunn!" 

Before supper was eaten we buried old Tom in the sand, 
and stood round him for a while bareheaded in the breeze. 
A good deal of firewood had been got in, but not enough for 
the captain's fancy; and he shook his head over it, and told us 
we "must get back to this to-morrow rather livelier." Then, 
when we had eaten our pork, and each had a good stiff glass 
of brandy grog, the three chiefs got together in a corner to discuss 
our prospects. 

It appears they were at their wits' end what to do, the stores 
being so low that we must have been starved into surrender 
long before help came. But our best hope, it was decided, was 
to kill off the bucaneers until they either hauled down their 

[156] 


















'lvB.-v V -Ji~-ir . --*S^ 'J&fHiff^iSSb:. 









I'^T^KT ^/ ; ' v^^J 




WE BURIED OLD TOM IN THE SAND, AND STOOD 
ROUND HIM BAREHEADED IN THE BREEZE 



TREASURE ISLAND 

flag or ran away with the Hispaniola. From nineteen they were 
already reduced to fifteen, two others w r ere wounded, and one, 
at least the man shot beside the gun severely wounded, if he 
were not dead. Every time we had a crack at them we were to 
take it, saving our own lives, with the extremest care. And, 
besides that, we had two able allies rum and the climate. 

As for the first, though we were about half a mile away, we 
could hear them roaring and singing late into the night; and as 
for the second, the doctor staked his wig that, camped where 
they were in the marsh and unprovided with remedies, the half 
of them would be on their backs before a week. 

"So," he added, "if we are not all shot down first they'll be 
glad to be packing in the schooner. It's always a ship, and 
they can get to bucaneering again, I suppose." 

"First ship that ever I lost," said Captain Smollett. 

I was dead tired, as you may fancy; and when I got to sleep, 
which was not till after a great deal of tossing, I slept like a log 
of wood. 

The rest had long been up, and had already breakfasted and 
increased the pile of firewood by about half as much again, 
when I was awakened by a bustle and the sound of voices. 

"Flag of truce!" I heard some one say; and then, immediately 
after, with a cry of surprise, "Silver himself!" 

And at that up I jumped and, rubbing my eyes, ran to a 
loophole in the wall. 







XX 




SILVER S EMBASSY 

URE enough, there were two men just outside 
the stockade, one of them waving a white 
cloth, the other, no less a person than Silver 
himself, standing placidly by. 

It was still quite early, and the coldest 
morning that I think I ever was abroad in; 
a chill that pierced into the marrow. The 
sky was bright and cloudless overhead, and the tops of the 
trees shone rosily in the sun. But where Silver stood with his 
lieutenant all was still in shadow, and they waded knee-deep in 
a low, white vapor that had crawled during the night out of 
the morass. The chill and the vapor taken together told a 
poor tale of the island. It was plainly a damp, feverish, 
unhealthy spot. 

"Keep indoors, men," said the captain. 'Ten to one this is 
a trick." 

Then he hailed the bucaneer. 
'Who goes? Stand, or we fire." 
"Flag of truce," cried Silver. 

The captain was in the porch, keeping himself carefully out of 

[160] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

the way of a treacherous shot should any be intended. He 
turned and spoke to us: 

'Doctor's watch on the lookout. Dr. Livesey take the north 
side, if you please; Jim, the east; Gray, west. The watch 
below, all hands to load muskets. Lively, men, and careful." 

And then he turned again to the mutineers. 

"And what do you want with your flag of truce?" he cried. 

This time it was the other man who replied. 

"Cap'n Silver, sir, to come on board and make terms," he 
shouted. 

"Cap'n Silver! Don't know him. Who's he?" cried the 
captain. And we could hear him adding to himself: "Cap'n, 
is it? My heart, and here's promotion!" 

Long John answered for himself. 

"Me, sir. These poor lads have chosen me cap'n, after your 
desertion, sir" laying a particular emphasis upon the word 
"desertion." 'We're willing to submit, if we can come to terms, 
and no bones about it. All I ask is your word, Cap'n Smollett, 
to let me safe and sound out of this here stockade, and one 
minute to get out o' shot before a gun is fired." 

"My man," said Captain Smollett, "I have not the slightest 
desire to talk to you. If you wish to talk to me, you can come, 
that's all. If there's any treachery, it '11 be on your side, and 
the Lord help you." 

'That's enough, Cap'n," shouted Long John, cheerily. "A 
word from you's enough. I know a gentleman, and you may lay 
to that." 

We could see the man who carried the flag of truce attempting 
to hold Silver back. Nor was that wonderful, seeing how cavalier 
had been the captain's answer. But Silver laughed at him 
aloud, and slapped him on the back, as if the idea of alarm had 
been absurd. Then he advanced to the stockade, threw over his 
crutch, got a leg up, and with great vigor and skill succeeded in 
surmounting the fence and dropping safely to the other side. 

I will confess that I was far too much taken up with what 
was going on to be of the slightest use as sentry; indeed, I had 

[161] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

already deserted my eastern loophole and crept up behind the 
captain, who had now seated himself on the threshold, with his 
elbows on his knees, his head in his hands, and his eyes fixed on 
the water as it bubbled out of the old iron kettle in the sand. He 
was whistling to himself, "Come, Lassies and Lads." 

Silver had terrible hard work getting up the knoll. What 
with the steepness of the incline, the thick tree-stumps, and the 
soft sand, he and his crutch were as helpless as a ship in stays. 
But he stuck to it like a man in silence, and at last arrived before 
the captain, whom he saluted in the handsomest style. He was 
tricked out in his best; an immense blue coat, thick with brass 
buttons, hung as low as to his knees, and a fine laced hat was set 
on the back of his head. 

"Here you are, my man," said the captain, raising his head. 
"You had better sit down." 

"You ain't a-going to let me inside, Cap'n?" complained Long 
John. "It's a main cold morning, to be sure, sir, to sit outside 
upon the sand." 

"Why, Silver," said the captain, "if you had pleased to be an 
honest man you might have been sitting in your galley. It's 
your own doing. You're either my ship's cook and then you 
were treated handsome or Cap'n Silver, a common mutineer 
and pirate, and then you can go hang!" 

"Well, well, Cap'n," returned the sea-cook, sitting down as he 
was bidden on the sand, "you'll have to give me a hand up again, 
that's all. A sweet, pretty place you have of it here. Ah, there's 
Jim! The top of the morning to you, Jim. Doctor, here's my 
service. Why, there you all are together like a happy family, in 
a manner of speaking." 

"If you have anything to say, my man, better say it," said 
the captain. 

"Right you were, Cap'n Smollett," replied Silver. "Dooty is 
dooty, to be sure. Well, now, you look here, that was a good lay 
of yours last night. I don't deny it was a good lay. Some of 
you pretty handy with a hand-spike end. And I'll not deny, 
neither, but what some of my people was shook maybe all was 

[162] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

shook; maybe I was shook myself; maybe that's why I'm here 
for terms. But you mark me, Cap'n, it won't do twice, by 
thunder! We'll have to do sentry-go, and ease off a point or so 
on the rum. Maybe you think we were all a sheet in the wind's 
eye. But I'll tell you I was sober; I was on'y dog-tired; and if 
I'd awoke a second sooner I'd 'a' caught you at the act, I would. 
He wasn't dead when I got round to him, not he." 

'Well?" says Captain Smollett, as cool as can be. 
All that Silver said was a riddle to him, but you would never 
have guessed it from his tone. As for me, I began to have an 
inkling. Ben Gunn's last words came back to my mind. I 
began to suppose that he had paid the bucaneers a visit while 
they all lay drunk together round their fire, and I reckoned up 
with glee that we had only fourteen enemies to deal with. 

'Well, here it is," said Silver. 'We want that treasure, 
and we'll have it that's our point! You would just as soon 
save your lives, I reckon; and that's yours. You have a chart, 
haven't you?" 

'That's as may be," replied the captain. 

"Oh, well, you have, I know that," returned Long John. 

'You needn't be so husky with a man; there ain't a particle 

of service in that, and you may lay to it. What I mean is, we 

want your chart. Now, I never meant you no harm, myself." 

'That won't do with me, my man," interrupted the captain. 
'We know exactly what you meant to do, and we don't care; 
for now, you see, you can't do it." 

And the captain looked at him calmly, and proceeded to fill 
a pipe. 

"If Abe Gray" Silver broke out. 

"Avast there!" cried Mr. Smollett. "Gray told me nothing, 
and I asked him nothing; and what's more I would see you and 
him and this whole island blown clean out of the water into 
blazes first. So there's my mind for you, my man, on that." 

This little whiff of temper seemed to cool Silver down. He 
had been growing nettled before, but now he pulled himself 
together. 

[163] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

"Like enough," said he. "I would set no limits to what 
gentlemen might consider shipshape, or might not, as the case 
were. And, seein' as how you are about to take a pipe, Cap'n, 
I'll make so free as do likewise." 

And he filled a pipe and lighted it; and the two men sat 
silently smoking for quite a while, now looking each other in the 
face, now stopping their tobacco, now leaning forward to spit. 
It was as good as the play to see them. 

"Now," resumed Silver, "here it is. You give us the chart 
to get the treasure by, and drop shooting poor seamen, and 
stoving of their heads in while asleep. You do that, and we'll 
offer you a choice. Either you come aboard along of us, once 
the treasure shipped, and then I'll give you my affydavy, upon 
my word of honor, to clap you somewhere safe ashore. Or, if 
that ain't to your fancy, some of my hands being rough and 
having old scores, on account of hazing, then you can stay here, 
you can. We'll divide stores with you, man for man; and I'll 
give my affydavy, as before, to speak the first ship I sight, 
and send 'em here to pick you up. Now you'll own that's talk- 
ing. Handsomer you couldn't look to get, not you. And I 
hope" raising his voice "that all hands in this here block- 
house will overhaul my words, for what is spoke to one is spoke 
to all." 

Captain Smollett rose from his seat and knocked out the ashes 
of his pipe in the palm of his left hand. 

"Is that all?" he asked. 

" Every last word, by thunder!" answered John. 'Refuse 
that, and you've seen the last of me but musket-balls." 

'Very good," said the captain. "Now you'll hear me. If 
you'll come up one by one, unarmed, I'll engage to clap you 
all in irons and take you home to a fair trial in England. If you 
won't, my name is Alexander Smollett, I've flown my sovereign's 
colors, and I'll see you all to Davy Jones. You can't find the 
treasure. You can't sail the ship there's not a man among you 
fit to sail the ship. You can't fight us Gray, there, got away 
from five of you. Your ship's in irons, Master Silver; you're 

[164! 




"GIVE ME A HAND UP!" HE CRIED. "NOT I," RETURNED 

THE CAPTAIN 



TREASURE ISLAND 

on a lee shore, and so you'll find. I stand here and tell you so; 
and they're the last good words you'll get from me, for, in the 
name of Heaven, I'll put a bullet in your back when next I meet 
you. Tramp, my lad. Bundle out of this, please, hand over 
hand, and double-quick." 

Silver's face was a picture; his eyes started in his head with 
wrath. He shook the fire out of his pipe. 

"Give me a hand up!" he cried. 

"Not I," returned the captain. 

'Who'll give me a hand up?" he roared. 

Not a man among us moved. Growling the foulest impreca- 
tions, he crawled along the sand till he got hold of the porch and 
could hoist himself again upon his crutch. Then he spat into 
the spring. 

'There," he cried, "that's what I think of ye. Before an 
hour's out I'll stove in your old blockhouse like a rum puncheon. 
Laugh, by thunder, laugh! Before an hour's out ye'll laugh 
upon the other side. Them that die '11 be the lucky ones." 

And with a dreadful oath he stumbled ofF, plowed down the 
sand, was helped across the stockade, after four or five failures, 
by the man with the flag of truce, and disappeared in an instant 
afterward among the trees. 





THE ATTACK 

S soon as Silver disappeared, the captain, who 
had been closely watching him, turned toward 
the interior of the house, and found not a man 
of us at his post but Gray. It was the first 
time we had ever seen him angry. 

"Quarters!" he roared. And then, as we all 
slunk back to our places, "Gray," he said, 
'I'll put your name in the log; you've stood by your duty like a 
seaman. Mr. Trelawney, I'm surprised at you, sir. Doctor, I 
thought you had worn the king's coat! If that was how you 
served at Fontenoy, sir, you'd have been better in your berth." 

The doctor's watch were all back at their loopholes, the rest 

were busy loading the spare muskets, and every one with a red 

face, you may be certain, and a flea in his ear, as the saying is. 

The captain looked on for a while in silence. Then he spoke. 

"My lads," said he, "I've given Silver a broadside. I pitched 

it in red-hot on purpose; and before the hour's out, as he said, 

we shall be boarded. We're outnumbered, I needn't tell you 

that, but we fight in shelter; and, a minute ago, I should have 

said we fought with discipline. I've no manner of doubt that 

we can drub them, if you choose." 

[168] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

Then he went the rounds, and saw, as he said, that all was 
clear. 

On the two short sides of the house, east and west, there were 
only two loopholes; on the south side where the porch was, two 
again; and on the north side, five. There was a round score of 
muskets for the seven of us; the firewood had been built into four 
piles tables, you might say one about the middle of each side, 
and on each of these tables some ammunition and four loaded 
muskets were laid ready to the hand of the defenders. In the 
middle the cutlasses lay ranged. 

'Toss out the fire," said the captain; "the chill is past, and 
we mustn't have smoke in our eyes." 

The iron fire-basket was carried bodily out by Mr. Trelawney, 
and the embers smothered among sand. 

"Hawkins hasn't had his breakfast. Hawkins, help yourself, 
and back to your post to eat it," continued Captain Smollett. 
"Lively, now, my lad; you'll want it before you've done. Hun- 
ter, serve out a round of brandy to all hands." 

And while this was going on the captain completed, in his 
own mind, the plan of the defense. 

:< Doctor, you will take the door," he resumed. "See, and 
don't expose yourself; keep within, and fire through the porch. 
Hunter, take the east side, there. Joyce, you stand by the west, 
my man. Mr. Trelawney, you are the best shot you and Gray 
will take this long north side, with the five loopholes; it's there 
the danger is. If they can get up to it, and fire in upon us through 
our own ports, things would begin to look dirty. Hawkins, 
neither you nor I are much account at the shooting; we'll stand 
by to load and bear a hand." 

As the captain had said, the chill was past. As soon as the 
sun had climbed above our girdle of trees, it fell with all its force 
upon the clearing and drank up the vapors at a draught. Soon 
the sand was baking, and the resin melting in the logs of the 
blockhouse. Jackets and coats were flung aside; shirts thrown 
open at the neck and rolled up to the shoulders; and we stood 
there, each at his post, in a fever of heat and anxiety. 
12 [169! 



TREASURE ISLAND 

An hour passed away. 

"Hang them!" said the captain. 'This is as dull as the dol- 
drums. Gray, whistle for a wind." 

And just at that moment came the first news of the attack. 

"If you please, sir," said Joyce, "if I see any one am I to fire?" 

"I told you so!" cried the captain. 

"Thank you, sir," returned Joyce, with the same quiet civility. 

Nothing followed for a time; but the remark had set us all 
on the alert, straining ears and eyes the musketeers with their 
pieces balanced in their hands, the captain out in the middle of 
the blockhouse, with his mouth very tight and a frown on his 
face. 

So some seconds passed, till suddenly Joyce whipped up his 
musket and fired. The report had scarcely died away ere it 
was repeated and repeated from without in a scattering volley, 
shot behind shot, like a string of geese, from every side of the 
inclosure. Several bullets struck the log house, but not one en- 
tered; and as the smoke cleared away and vanished the 
stockade and the woods around it looked as quiet and empty 
as before. Not a bough waved, not a gleam of a musket-barrel 
betrayed the presence of our foes. 

"Did you hit your man?" asked the captain. 

"No, sir," replied Joyce. "I believe not, sir." 

"Next best thing to tell the truth," muttered Captain Smollett. 
"Load his gun, Hawkins. How many should you say there 
were on your side, Doctor?" 

"I know precisely," said Dr. Livesey. 'Three shots were 
fired on this side. I saw the three flashes two close together 
one farther to the west." 

"Three!" repeated the captain. "And how many on yours, 
Mr. Trelawney?" 

But this was not so easily answered. There had come many 
from the north seven, by the squire's computation; eight or 
nine, according to Gray. From the east and west only a single 
shot had been fired. It was plain, therefore, that the attack 
would be developed from the north, and that on, the other three 



r P-V) N>;P1^ r^ 

^ 






* r^Ww&f^iii 




CO 
> 

W 
W 


o 



W 

W 



W 

o 

w 
(JH 

W 

ffi 

H 

P^ 
W 
> 
O 

Q 

W 

S 
c^ 
< 



CO 
CO 

2S 
W 
Q 
rt 



CQ 

W 

ffi 
H 



TREASURE ISLAND 

sides we were only to be annoyed by a show of hostilities. But 
Captain Smollett made no change in his arrangements. If the 
mutineers succeeded in crossing the stockade, he argued, they 
would take possession of any unprotected loophole, and shoot 
us down like rats in our own stronghold. 

Nor had we much time left to us for thought. Suddenly, 
with a loud huzza, a little cloud of pirates leaped from the woods 
on the north side, and ran straight on the stockade. At the 
same moment the fire was once more opened from the woods and 
a rifle-ball sang through the doorway and knocked the doctor's 
musket into bits. 

The boarders swarmed over the fence like monkeys. Squire 
and Gray fired again and yet again; three men fell, one forward 
into the inclosure, two back on the outside. But of these, 
one was evidently more frightened than hurt, for he was on his 
feet again in a crack and instantly disappeared among the trees. 

Two had bit the dust, one had fled, four had made good their 
footing inside our defenses, while from the shelter of the woods 
seven or eight men, each evidently supplied with several muskets, 
kept up a hot though useless fire on the log house. 

The four who had boarded made straight before them for the 
building, shouting as they ran, and the men among the trees 
shouted back to encourage them. Several shots were fired; 
but, such was the hurry of the marksmen, that not one appears 
to have taken effect. In a moment, the four pirates had swarmed 
up the mound and were upon us. 

The head of Job Anderson, the boatswain, appeared at th* 
middle loophole. 

"At 'em, all hands all hands!" he roared, in a voice of thunder, 

At the same moment another pirate grasped Hunter's musket 
by the muzzle, wrenched it from his hands, plucked it through 
the loophole, and with one stunning blow laid the poor fellow 
senseless on the floor. Meanwhile a third, running unharmed 
all round the house, appeared suddenly in the doorway and 
fell with his cutlass on the doctor. 

Our position was utterly reversed. A moment since we were 



TREASURE ISLAND 

firing, under cover, at an exposed enemy; now it was we who 
lay uncovered, and could not return a blow. 

The log house was full of smoke, to which we owed our com- 
parative safety. Cries and confusion, the flashes and reports 
of pistol-shots, and one loud groan, rang in my ears. 

"Out, lads, out, and fight 'em in the open! Cutlasses!" cried 
the captain. 

I snatched a cutlass from the pile, and some one, at the same 
time snatching another, gave me a cut across the knuckles which 
I hardly felt. I dashed out of the door into the clear sunlight. 
Some one was close behind, I knew not whom. Right in front, 
the doctor was pursuing his assailant down the hill, and, just 
as my eyes fell upon him, beat down his guard, and sent him 
sprawling on his back, with a great slash across the face. 

"Round the house, lads! round the house!" cried the captain; 
and even in the hurly-burly I perceived a change in his voice. 

Mechanically I obeyed, turned eastward, and, with my cutlass 
raised, ran round the corner of the house. Next moment I was 
face to face with Anderson. He roared aloud, and his hanger 
went up above his head, flashing in the sunlight. I had not 
time to be afraid, but, as the blow still hung impending, leaped 
in a trice upon one side, and, missing my foot in the soft sand, 
rolled headlong down the slope. 

When I had first sallied from the door the other mutineers 
had been already swarming up the palisade to make an end of us. 
One man, in a red nightcap, with his cutlass in his mouth, 
had even got upon the top and thrown a leg across. Well, so 
short had been the interval, that when I found my feet again 
all were in the same posture, the fellow with the red nightcap 
still half-way over, another still just showing his head above the 
top of the stockade. And yet, in this breath of time, the fight 
was over and the victory was ours. 

Gray, following close behind me, had cut down the big boat- 
swain ere he had time to recover from his lost blow. Another 
had been shot at a loophole in the very act of firing into the 
house, and now lay in agony, the pistol still smoking in his hand. 

[174] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

A third, as I had seen, the doctor had disposed of at a blow. Of 
the four who had scaled the palisade, one only remained unac- 
counted for, and he, having left his cutlass on the field, was now 
clambering out again with the fear of death upon him. 

"Fire fire from the house!" cried the doctor. "And you, 
lads, back into cover." 

But his words were unheeded, no shot was fired, and the 
last boarder made good his escape and disappeared with the 
rest into the wood. In three seconds nothing remained of the 
attacking party but the five who had fallen, four on the inside, 
and one on the outside, of the palisade. 

The doctor and Gray and I ran full speed for shelter. The 
survivors would soon be back where they had left their muskets, 
and at any moment the fire might recommence. 

The house was by this time somewhat cleared of smoke, 
and we saw at a glance the price we had paid for victory. Hunter 
lay beside his loophole, stunned; Joyce by his, shot through the 
head, never to move again; while right in the center, the squire 
was supporting the captain, one as pale as the other. 

"The captain's wounded," said Mr. Trelawney. 

"Have they run?" asked Mr. Smollett. 

"All that could, you may be bound," returned the doctor; 
"but there's five of them will never run again." 

"Five!" cried the captain. "Come, that's better. Five 
against three leaves us four to nine. That's better odds than 
we had at starting. We were seven to nineteen then, or thought 
we were, and that's as bad to bear." 1 

*The mutineers were soon only eight in number, for the man shot by Mr. Trelawney 
on board the schooner died that same evening of his wound. But this was, of course, 
not known till after by the faithful party. 




Part V 
MY SEA ADVENTURE 






> 



\ 








XXII 



HOW I BEGAN MY SEA ADVENTURE 

HERE was no return of the mutineers not 
so much as another shot out of the woods. 
They had "got their rations for that day," 
as the captain put it, and we had the place 
to ourselves and a quiet time to overhaul 
the wounded and get dinner. Squire and I 
cooked outside in spite of the danger, and 
even outside we could hardly tell what we were at, for horror 
of the loud groans that reached us from the doctor's patients. 

Out of the eight men who had fallen in the action only three 
still breathed that one of the pirates who had been shot at the 
loophole, Hunter, and Captain Smollett; and of these the 
first two were as good as dead; the mutineer, indeed, died under 
the doctor's knife, and Hunter, do what we could, never recovered 
consciousness in this world. He lingered all day, breathing 
loudly like the old bucaneer at home in his apoplectic fit; but 
the bones of his chest had been crushed by the blow and his skull 
fractured in falling, and some time in the following night, without 
sign or sound, he went to his Maker. 

As for the captain, his wounds were grievous indeed, but 

[179] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

not dangerous. No organ was fatally injured. Anderson's ball 
for it was Job that shot him first had broken his shoulder- 
blade and touched the lung, not badly; the second had only 
torn and displaced some muscles in the calf. He was sure to 
recover, the doctor said, but in the mean time and for weeks 
to come he must not walk nor move his arm, nor so much as 
speak when he could help it. 

My own accidental cut across the knuckles was a flea-bite. 
Dr. Livesey patched it up with plaster, and pulled my ears for 
me into the bargain. 

After dinner the squire and the doctor sat by the captain's 
side awhile in consultation; and when they had talked to their 
hearts' content, it being then a little past noon, the doctor took 
up his hat and pistols, girt on a cutlass, put the chart in his 
pocket, and, with a musket on his shoulder, crossed the palisade 
on the north side and set off briskly through the trees. 

Gray and I were sitting together at the far end of the block- 
house, to be out of earshot of our officers consulting; and Gray 
took his pipe out of his mouth and fairly forgot to put it back 
again, so thunderstruck he was at this occurrence. 

"Why, in the name of Davy Jones," said he, "is Dr. Livesey 
mad?" 

"Why, no," says I. "He's about the last of this crew for that, 
I take it!" 

"Well, shipmate," said Gray, "mad he may not be; but if 
he's not, you mark my words, / am." 

"I take it," replied I, "the doctor has his idea; and if I am 
right he's going now to see Ben Gunn." 

I was right, as appeared later; but in the mean time, the 
house being stifling hot and the little patch of sand inside the 
palisade ablaze with midday sun, I began to get another thought 
into my head, which was not by any means so right. What I 
began to do was to envy the doctor, walking in the cool shadow 
of the woods, with the birds about him, and the pleasant smell 
of the pines, while I sat grilling, with my clothes stuck to the 
hot resin, and so much blood about me, and so many poor dead 

[180] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

bodies lying all around, that I took a disgust of the place that 
was almost as strong as fear. 

All the time I was washing out the blockhouse, and then 
washing up the things from dinner, this disgust and envy kept 
growing stronger and stronger, till at last, being near a bread- 
bag, and no one then observing me, I took the first step toward 
my escapade and filled both pockets of my coat with biscuit. 

I was a fool, if you like, and certainly I was going to do a foolish, 
over-bold act, but I was determined to do it with all the pre- 
cautions in my power. These biscuits, should anything befall 
me, would keep me at least from starving till far on in the next 
day. 

The next thing I laid hold of was a brace of pistols, and as I 
already had a powder-horn and bullets I felt myself well supplied 
with arms. 

As for the scheme I had in my head, it was not a bad one in 
itself. I was to go down the sandy spit that divides the anchorage 
on the east from the open sea, find the white rock I had observed 
last evening, and ascertain whether it was there or not that Ben 
Gunn had hidden his boat; a thing quite worth doing, as I still 
believe. But as I was certain I should not be allowed to leave 
the inclosure, my only plan was to take French leave and slip 
out when nobody was watching; and that was so bad a way of 
doing it as made the thing itself wrong. But I was only a boy, 
and I had made my mind up. 

Well, as things at last fell out, I found an admirable oppor- 
tunity. The squire and Gray were busy helping the captain 
with his bandages; the coast was clear; I made a bolt for it 
over the stockade and into the thickest of the trees, and before 
my absence was observed I was out of cry of my companions. 

This was my second folly, far worse than my first, as I left 
but two sound men to guard the house; but, like the first, it 
was a help toward saving all of us. 

I took my way straight for the east coast of the island, for I 
was determined to go down the sea side of the spit to avoid all 
chance of observation from the anchorage. It was already late 

[181] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

in the afternoon, although still warm and sunny. As I continued 
to thread the tall woods I could hear from far before me not only 
the continuous thunder of the surf, but a certain tossing of foliage 
and grinding of boughs which showed me the sea breeze had set in 
higher than usual. Soon cool draughts of air began to reach me; 
and a few steps farther I came forth into the open borders of the 
grove, and saw the sea lying blue and sunny to the horizon, 
and the surf tumbling and tossing its foam along the beach. 

I have never seen the sea quiet round Treasure Island. The 
sun might blaze overhead, the air be without a breath, the sur- 
face smooth and blue, but still these great rollers would be run- 
ning along all the external coast, thundering and thundering 
by day and night; and I scarce believe there is one spot in the 
island where a man would be out of earshot of their noise. 

I walked along beside the surf with great enjoyment till, think- 
ing I was now got far enough to the south, I took the cover of 
some thick bushes and crept warily up to the ridge of the spit. 

Behind me was the sea, in front the anchorage. The sea 
breeze, as though it had the sooner blown itself out by its unusual 
violence, was already at an end; it had been succeeded by light, 
variable airs from the south and southeast, carrying great banks 
of fog; and the anchorage, under lee of Skeleton Island, lay still 
and leaden as when first we entered it. The Hispaniola, in that 
unbroken mirror, was exactly portrayed from the truck to the 
water-line, the Jolly Roger hanging from her peak. 

Alongside lay one of the gigs, Silver in the stern-sheets him 
I could always recognize while a couple of men were leaning 
over the stern bulwarks, one of them with a red cap the very 
rogue that I had seen some hours before stride-legs upon the 
palisade. Apparently they were talking and laughing, though 
at that distance upward of a mile I could, of course, hear no 
word of what was said. All at once there began the most horrid, 
unearthly screaming, which at first startled me badly, though I 
soon had remembered the voice of Captain Flint, and even 
thought I could make out the bird by her bright plumage as 
she sat perched upon her master's wrist. 

[182] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

Soon after the gig shoved off and pulled for shore and the 
man with the red cap and his comrade went below by the cabin 
companion. 

Just about the same time the sun had gone down behind the 
Spy-glass, and as the fog was collecting rapidly it began to grow 
dark in earnest. I saw I must lose no time if I were to find the 
boat that evening. 

The white rock, visible enough above the brush, was still some 
eighth of a mile farther down the spit, and it took me a goodish 
while to get up with it, crawling, often on all-fours, among the 
scrub. Night had almost come when I laid my hand on its 
rough sides. Right below it there was an exceedingly small 
hollow of green turf, hidden by banks and a thick underwood 
about knee -deep that grew there very plentifully; and in the 
center of the dell, sure enough, a little tent of goatskins, like 
what the gipsies carry about with them in England. 

I dropped into the hollow, lifted the side of the tent, and 
there was Ben Gunn's boat home-made if ever anything was 
home-made; a rude, lopsided framework of tough wood, and 
stretched upon that a covering of goatskin, with the hair inside. 
The thing was extremely small, even for me, and I can hardly 
imagine that it could have floated with a full-sized man. There 
was one thwart set as low as possible, a kind of stretcher in the 
bows, and a double paddle for propulsion. 

I had not then seen a coracle, such as the ancient Britons 
made, but I have seen one since, and I can give you no fairer 
idea of Ben Gunn's boat than by saying it was like the first and 
the worst coracle ever made by man. But the great advantage 
of the coracle it certainly possessed, for it was exceedingly light 
and portable. 

Well, now that I had found the boat, you would have thought 
I had had enough of truantry for once; but in the mean time 
I had taken another notion, and became so obstinately fond of it 
that I would have carried it out, I believe, in the teeth of Captain 
Smollett himself. This was to slip out under cover of the night, 
cut the Hispaniola adrift, and let her go ashore where she fancied. 
is [185] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

I had quite made up my mind that the mutineers, after their 
repulse of the morning, had nothing nearer their hearts than to 
up anchor and away to sea; this, I thought, it would be a fine 
thing to prevent; and now that I had seen how they left their 
watchmen unprovided with a boat, I thought it might be done 
with little risk. 

Down I sat to wait for darkness, and made a hearty meal of 
biscuit. It was a night out of ten thousand for my purpose. 
The fog had now buried all heaven. As the last rays of day- 
light dwindled and disappeared, absolute blackness settled down 
on Treasure Island. And when at last I shouldered the coracle 
and groped my way stumblingly out of the hollow where I had 
supped there were but two points visible on the whole anchorage. 

One was the great fire on shore, by which the defeated pirates 
lay carousing in the swamp. The other, a mere blur of light 
upon the darkness, indicated the position of the anchored ship. 
She had swung round to the ebb her bow was now toward me 
the only lights on board were in the cabin; and what I saw 
was merely a reflection on the fog of the strong rays that flowed 
from the stern window. 

The ebb had already run some time, and I had to wade through 
a long belt of swampy sand, where I sank several times above the 
ankle before I came to the edge of the retreating water and, 
wading a little way in, with some strength and dexterity set 
my coracle, keel downward, on the surface. 







XXIII 




THE EBB-TIDE RUNS 

ME coracle as I had ample reason to know 
before I was done with her was a very safe 
boat for a person of my height and weight, 
both buoyant and clever in a seaway; but she 
was the most cross-grained, lopsided craft to 
manage. Do as you please, she always made 
more leeway than anything else, and turning 
round and round was the manoeuver she was best at. Even 
Ben Gunn himself has admitted that she was "queer to handle 
till you knew her way." 

Certainly I did not know her way. She turned in every 
direction but the one I was bound to go; the most part of 
the time we were broadside on, and I am very sure I never 
should have made the ship at all but for the tide. By good 
fortune, paddle as I pleased, the tide was still sweeping me 
down; and there lay the Hispaniola right in the fairway, hardly 
to be missed. 

First she loomed before me like a blot of something yet blacker 
than darkness, then her spars and hull began to take shape, and 
the next moment, as it seemed (for the farther I went the brisker 

[187] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

grew the current of the ebb), I was alongside of her hawser and 
had laid hold. 

The hawser was as taut as a bowstring so strong she pulled 
upon her anchor. All round the hull, in the blackness, the 
rippling current bubbled and chattered like a little mountain 
stream. One cut with my sea-gully and the Hispaniola would 
go humming down the tide. 

So far so good; but it next occurred to my recollection that 
a taut hawser, suddenly cut, is a thing as dangerous as a kicking 
horse. Ten to one, if I were so foolhardy as to cut the His- 
paniola from her anchor, I and the coracle would be knocked 
clean out of the water. 

This brought me to a full stop, and if fortune had not again 
particularly favored me I should have had to abandon my design. 
But the light airs which had begun blowing from the southeast 
and south had hauled round after nightfall into the southwest. 
Just while I was meditating a puff came, caught the Hispaniola, 
and forced her up into the current; and, to my great joy, I 
felt the hawser slacken in my grasp, and the hand by which I 
held it dip for a second under water. 

With that I made my mind up, took out my gully, opened it 
with my teeth, and cut one strand after another, till the vessel 
only swung by two. Then I lay quiet, waiting to sever these 
last when the strain should be once more lightened by a breath 
of wind. 

All this time I had heard the sound of loud voices from the 
cabin; but, to say truth, my mind had been so entirely taken 
up with other thoughts that I had scarcely given ear. Now, 
however, when I had nothing else to do I began to pay more heed. 

One I recognized for the coxswain's, Israel Hands, that had 
been Flint's gunner in former days. The other was, of course, 
my friend of the red nightcap. Both men were plainly the worse 
of drink, and they were still drinking; for, even while I was 
listen?' g, one of them, with a drunken cry, opened the stern 
window and threw out something, which I divined to be an 
empty bottle. But they were not only tipsy; it was plain that 

[188] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

they were furiously angry. Oaths flew like hailstones, and every 
now and then there came forth such an explosion as I thought 
was sure to end in blows. But each time the quarrel passed off, 
and the voices grumbled lower for a while, until the next crisis 
came, and, in its turn, passed away without result. 

On shore, I could see the glow of the great camp-fire burning 
warmly through the shore-side trees. Some one was singing, 
a dull, old, droning sailor's song, with a droop and a quaver 
at the end of every verse, and seemingly no end to it at all but 
the patience of the singer. I had heard it on the voyage more 
than once, and remembered these words: 

"But one man of her crew alive, 
What put to sea with seventy-five." 

And I thought it was a ditty rather too dolefully appropriate 
for a company that had met such cruel losses in the morning. 
But, indeed, from what I saw, all these bucaneers were as callous 
as the sea they sailed on. 

At last the breeze came; the schooner sidled and drew nearer 
in the dark; I felt the hawser slacken once more, and, with a 
good tough effort, cut the last fibers through. 

The breeze had but little action on the coracle, and I was 
almost instantly swept against the bows of the Hispaniola. 
At the same time the schooner began to turn upon her heel, 
spinning slowly, end for end, across the current. 

I wrought like a fiend, for I expected every moment t:o be 
swamped; and since I found I could not push the coracle directly 
off, I now shoved straight astern. At length I was clear of my 
dangerous neighbor; and just as I gave the last impulsion my 
hands came across a light cord that was trailing overboard 
across the stern bulwarks. Instantly I grasped it. 

Why I should have done so I can hardly say. It was at first 
mere instinct; but once I had it in my hands, and found it 
fast, curiosity began to get the upper hand, and I determined 
I should have one look through the cabin window. 

I pulled in hand over hand on the cord, and when I judged 

[189] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

myself near enough rose at infinite risk to about half my height, 
and thus commanded the roof and a slice of the interior of the cabin. 

By this time the schooner and her little consort were gliding 
pretty swiftly through the water; indeed, we had fetched up 
level with the camp-fire. The ship was talking, as sailors say, 
loudly, treading the innumerable ripples with an incessant 
weltering splash; and until I got my eye above the window-sill 
I could not comprehend why the watchmen had taken no alarm. 
One glance, however, was sufficient; and it was only one glance 
that I durst take from that unsteady skiff. It showed me Hands 
and his companion locked together in deadly wrestle, each with 
a hand upon the other's throat. 

I dropped upon the thwart again, none too soon, for I was 
near overboard. I could see nothing for the moment but these 
two furious, encrimsoned faces, swaying together under the 
smoky lamp; and I shut my eyes to let them grow once more 
familiar with the darkness. 

The endless ballad had come to an end at last, and the whole 
diminished company about the camp-fire had broken into the 
chorus I had heard so often: 

" Fifteen men on the Dead Man's Chest 

Yo-ho-ho, and a bottle of rum! 
Drink and the devil had done for the rest 
Yo-ho-ho, and a bottle of rum!" 

I was just thinking how busy drink and the devil were at 
that very moment in the cabin of the Hispaniola when I was 
surprised by a sudden lurch of the coracle. At the same moment 
she yawed sharply and seemed to change her course. The speed, 
in the mean time, had strangely increased. 

I opened my eyes at once. All round me were little ripples, 
combing over with a sharp, bristling sound and slightly phos- 
phorescent. The Hispaniola herself, a few yards in whose wake 
I was still being whirled along, seemed to stagger in her course, 
and I saw her spars toss a little against the blackness of the 
night; nay, as I looked longer, I made sure she also was wheeling 
to the southward. 

[190) 







IT SHOWED ME HANDS AND HIS COMPANION LOCKED 
TOGETHER IN DEADLY WRESTLE 



TREASURE ISLAND 

I glanced over my shoulder, and my heart jumped against 
my ribs. There, right behind me, was the glow of the camp-fire. 
The current had turned at right angles, sweeping round along 
with it the tall schooner and the little dancing coracle; ever 
quickening, ever bubbling higher, ever muttering louder, it 
went spinning through the narrows for the open sea. 

Suddenly the schooner in front of me gave a violent yaw, 
turning, perhaps, through twenty degrees; and almost at the 
same moment one shout followed another from on board; I 
could hear feet pounding on the companion ladder, and I knew 
that the two drunkards had at last been interrupted in their 
quarrel and awakened to a sense of their disaster. 

I lay down flat in the bottom of that wretched skifF and de- 
voutly recommended my spirit to its Maker. At the end of the 
straits I made sure we must fall into some bar of raging breakers, 
where all my troubles would be ended speedily; and though I 
could, perhaps, bear to die, I could not bear to look upon my 
fate as it approached. 

So I must have lain for hours, continually beaten to and fro 
upon the billows, now and again wetted with flying sprays, and 
never ceasing to expect death at the next plunge. Gradually 
weariness grew upon me; a numbness, an occasional stupor, 
fell upon my mind even in the midst of my terrors, until sleep 
at last supervened, and in my sea-tossed coracle I lay and dreamed 
of home and the old "Admiral Benbow." 




XXIV 



THE CRUISE OF THE CORACLE 




T was broad day when I awoke and found 
myself tossing at the southwest end of 
Treasure Island. The sun was up, but was 
still hid from me behind the great bulk of 
the Spy-glass, which on this side descended 
almost to the sea in formidable cliffs. 

Haulbowline Head and Mizzenmast Hill 
were at my elbow; the hill bare and dark, the head bound with 
cliffs forty or fifty feet high and fringed with great masses of 
fallen rock. I was scarce a quarter of a mile to seaward, and 
it was my first thought to paddle in and land. 

That notion was soon given over. Among the fallen rocks 
the breakers spouted and bellowed; loud reverberations, heavy 
sprays flying and falling, succeeded one another from second 
to second; and I saw myself, if I ventured nearer, dashed to 
death upon the rough shore or spending my strength in vain to 
scale the beetling crags. 

Nor was that all; for crawling together on flat tables of rock, 
or letting themselves drop into the sea with loud reports, I 
beheld huge slimy monsters soft snails, as it were, of incredible 

[194] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

bigness two or three score of them together, making the rocks 
to echo with their barkings. 

I have understood since that they were sea-lions, and entirely 
harmless. But the look of them, added to the difficulty of the 
shore and the high running of the surf, was more than enough to 
disgust me of that landing-place. I felt willing rather to starve 
at sea than to confront such perils. 

In the mean time I had a better chance, as I supposed, before 
me. North of Haulbowline Head the land runs in a long way, 
leaving, at low tide, a long stretch of yellow sand. To the north 
of that, again, there comes another cape Cape of the Woods, 
as it was marked upon the chart buried in tall green pines, 
which descended to the margin of the sea. 

I remembered what Silver had said about the current that sets 
northward along the whole west coast of Treasure Island; and 
seeing from my position that I was already under its influence, 
I preferred to leave Haulbowline Head behind me, and reserve 
my strength for an attempt to land upon the kindlier-looking 
Cape of the Woods. 

There was a great, smooth swell upon the sea. The wind 
blowing steady and gentle from the south, there was no con- 
trariety between that and the current, and the billows rose and 
fell unbroken. 

Had it been otherwise I must long ago have perished; but as 
it was, it is surprising how easily and securely my little and light 
boat could ride. Often, as I still lay at the bottom, and kept no 
more than an eye above the gunwale, I would see a big blue sum- 
mit heaving close above me; yet the coracle would but bounce a 
little, dance as if on springs, and subside on the other side into the 
trough as lightly as a bird. 

I began after a little to grow very bold, and sat up to try my 
skill at paddling. But even a small change in the disposition 
of the weight will produce violent changes in the behavior of 
a coracle. And I had hardly moved before the boat, giving 
up at once her gentle dancing movement, ran straight down 
a slope of water so steep that it made me giddy, and struck 

[195] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

her nose, with a spout of spray, deep into the side of the next 
wave. 

I was drenched and terrified, and fell instantly back into my 
old position, whereupon the coracle seemed to find her head 
again, and led me as softly as before among the billows. It was 
plain she was not to be interfered with, and at that rate, since 
I could in no way influence her course, what hope had I left of 
reaching land? 

I began to be horribly frightened, but I kept my head, for all 
that. First, moving with all care, I gradually bailed out the 
coracle with my sea-cap; then getting my eye once more above 
the gunwale, I set myself to study how ic was she managed to 
slip so quietly through the rollers. 

I found each wave, instead of the big, smooth, glossy mountain 
it looks from shore, or from a vessel's deck, was for all the world 
like any range of hills on the dry land, full of peaks and smooth 
places and valleys. The coracle, left to herself, turning from 
side to side, threaded, so to speak, her way through these lower 
parts, and avoided the steep slopes and higher, toppling summits 
of the wave. 

"Well, now," thought I to myself, "it is plain I must lie 
where I am, and not disturb the balance; but it is plain also that 
I can put the paddle over the side, and from time to time, in 
smooth places, give her a shove or two toward land." No 
sooner thought upon than done. There I lay on my elbows, 
in the most trying attitude, and every now and again gave a 
weak stroke or two to turn her head to shore. 

It was very tiring and slow work, yet I did visibly gain ground; 
and, as we drew near the Cape of the Woods, though I saw I 
must infallibly miss that point, I had still made some hundred 
yards of easting. I was, indeed, close in. I could see the cool, 
green tree-tops swaying together in the breeze, and I felt sure 
I should make the next promontory without fail. 

It was high time, for I now began to be tortured with thirst. 
The glow of the sun from above, its thousandfold reflection from 
the waves, the sea-water that fell and dried upon me, caking 

[196] 




I FELT WILLING RATHER TO STARVE AT SEA THAN 
TO CONFRONT SUCH PERILS 



TREASURE ISLAND 

my very lips with salt, combined to make my throat burn and 
my brain ache. The sight of the trees so near at hand had almost 
made me sick with longing; but the current had soon carried me 
past the point, and, as the next reach of sea opened out, I beheld 
a sight that changed the nature of my thoughts. 

Right in front of me, not half a mile away, I beheld the His- 
paniola under sail. I made sure, of course, that I should be 
taken, but I was so distressed for want of water that I scarce 
knew whether to be glad or sorry at the thought; and, long before 
I had come to a conclusion, surprise had taken entire possession 
of my mind, and I could do nothing but stare and wonder. 

The Hispaniola was under her mainsail and two jibs, and the 
beautiful white canvas shone in the sun like snow or silver. 
When I first sighted her, all her sails were drawing; she was 
lying a course about northwest; and I presumed the men on 
board were going round the island on their way back to the 
anchorage. Presently she began to fetch more and more to the 
westward, so that I thought they had sighted me and were going 
about in chase. At last, however, she fell right into the wind's 
eye, was taken dead aback, and stood there awhile helpless, with 
her sails shivering. 

"Clumsy fellows," said I; "they must still be drunk as owls." 
And I thought how Captain Smollett would have set them 
skipping. 

Meanwhile, the schooner gradually fell off, and filled again 
upon another tack, sailed swiftly for a minute or so, and brought 
up once more dead in the wind's eye. Again and again was this 
repeated. To and fro, up and down, north, south, east, and 
west, the Hispaniola sailed by swoops and dashes, and at each 
repetition ended as she had begun, with idly-flapping canvas. 
It became plain to me that nobody was steering. And, if so, 
where were the men? Either they were dead drunk or had de- 
serted her, I thought, and perhaps if I could get on board I 
might return the vessel to her captain. 

The current was bearing coracle and schooner southward at 
an equal rate. As for the latter's sailing, it was so wild and 

[199] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

intermittent, and she hung each time so long in irons, that she 
certainly gained nothing, if she did not even lose. If only I 
dared to sit up and paddle, I made sure that I could overhaul 
her. The scheme had an air of adventure that inspired me, and 
the thought of the water-beaker beside the fore companion 
doubled my growing courage. 

Up I got, was welcomed almost instantly by another cloud of 
spray, but this time stuck to my purpose and set myself, with 
all my strength and caution, to paddle after the unsteered 
Hispaniola. Once I shipped a sea so heavy that I had to stop 
and bail, with my heart fluttering like a bird; but gradually 
I got into the way of the thing, and guided my coracle among 
the waves, with only now and then a blow upon her bows and a 
dash of foam in my face. 

I was now gaining rapidly on the schooner; I could see the 
brass glisten on the tiller as it banged about; and still no soul 
appeared upon her decks. I could not choose but suppose she was 
deserted. If not, the men were lying drunk below, where I might 
batten them down, perhaps, and do what I chose with the ship. 

For some time she had been doing the worst thing possible 
for me standing still. She headed nearly due south, yawing, 
of course, all the time. Each time she fell off her sails partly 
filled, and these brought her, in a moment, right to the wind again. 
I have said this was the worst thing possible for me; for helpless 
as she looked in this situation, with the canvas cracking like 
cannon and the blocks trundling and banging on the deck, she 
still continued to run away from me, not only with the speed of the 
current, but by the whole amount of her leeway, which was 
naturally great. 

But now, at last, I had my chance. The breeze fell, for some 
seconds, very low, and the current gradually turning her, the 
Hispaniola revolved slowly round her center, and at last pre- 
sented me her stern, with the cabin window still gaping open 
and the lamp over the table still burning on into the day. The 
mainsail hung drooped like a banner. She was stock-still, but for 
the current. 

[ 200] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

For the last little while I had even lost; but now, redoubling 
my efforts, I began once more to overhaul the chase. 

I was not a hundred yards from her when the wind came again 
in a clap; she filled on the port tack, and was off again, stooping 
and skimming like a swallow. 

My first impulse was one of despair, but my second was 
toward joy. Round she came till she was broadside on to me 
round still till she had covered a half, and then two-thirds, and 
then three-quarters of the distance that separated us. I could 
see the waves boiling white under her forefoot. Immensely 
tall she looked to me from my low station in the coracle. 

And then of a sudden I began to comprehend. I had scarce 
time to think scarce time to act and save myself. I was on 
the summit of one swell when the schooner came swooping over 
the next. The bowsprit was over my head. I sprang to my 
feet and leaped, stamping the coracle under water. With one 
hand I caught the jib-boom, while my foot was lodged between 
the stay and the brace; and as I still clung there panting a dull 
blow told me that the schooner had charged down upon and 
struck the coracle, and that I was left without retreat on the 
Hispaniola. 
14 








XXV 



I STRIKE THE JOLLY ROGER 

HAD scarce gained a position on the bow- 
sprit when the flying jib flapped and filled 
upon the other tack with a report like a 
gun. The schooner trembled to her keel 
under the reverse; but next moment, the 
other sails still drawing, the jib flapped back 
again and hung idle. 
This had nearly tossed me off into the sea; and now I lost no 
time, crawled back along the bowsprit, and tumbled head fore- 
most on the deck. 

I was on the lee side of the forecastle, and the mainsail, which 
was still drawing, concealed from me a certain portion of the after- 
deck. Not a soul was to be seen. The planks, which had not 
been swabbed since the mutiny, bore the print of many feet; 
and an empty bottle, broken by the neck, tumbled to and fro 
like a live thing in the scuppers. 

Suddenly the Hispaniola came right into the wind. The 
jibs behind me cracked aloud; the rudder slammed to; the 
whole ship gave a sickening heave and shudder, and at the same 

[ 202 } 



TREASURE ISLAND 

moment the main-boom swung inboard, the sheet groaning in 
the blocks, and showed me the lee after-deck. 

There were the two watchmen, sure enough; red-cap on his 
back, as stiff as a handspike, with his arms stretched out like 
those of a crucifix, and his teeth showing through his open lips; 
Israel Hands propped against the bulwarks, his chin on his chest, 
his hands lying open before him on the deck, his face as white, 
under its tan, as a tallow candle. 

For a while the ship kept bucking and sidling like a vicious 
horse, the sails filling, now on one tack, now on another, and the 
boom swinging to and fro till the mast groaned aloud under the 
strain. Now and again, too, there would come a cloud of light 
sprays over the bulwark, and a heavy blow of the ship's bows 
against the swell; so much heavier weather was made of it 
by this great rigged ship than by my home-made, lopsided 
coracle, now gone to the bottom of the sea. 

At every jump of the schooner red-cap slipped to and fro; 
but what was ghastly to behold neither his attitude nor his 
fixed, teeth-disclosing grin was anyway disturbed by this rough 
usage. At every jump, too, Hands appeared still more to sink 
into himself and settle down upon the deck, his feet sliding 
ever the farther out, and the whole body canting toward the 
stern, so that his face became, little by little, hid from me; and 
at last I could see nothing beyond his ear and the frayed ringlet 
of one whisker. 

And at the same time I observed around both of them splashes 
of dark blood upon the planks, and began to feel sure that they 
had killed each other in their drunken wrath. 

While I was thus looking and wondering, in a calm moment 
when the ship was still Israel Hands turned partly round and, 
with a low moan, writhed himself back to the position in which 
I had seen him first. The moan, which told of pain and deadly 
weakness, and the way in which his jaw hung open, went right 
to my heart. But when I remembered the talk I had overheard 
Crom the apple-barrel all pity left me. 

I walked aft until I reached the mainmast. 

[ 203 ] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

"Come aboard, Mr. Hands," I said, ironically. 

He rolled his eyes round heavily, but he was too far gone to 
express surprise. All he could do was to utter one word- 
" Brandy." 

It occurred to me there was no time to lose; and, dodging 
the boom as it once more lurched across the deck, I slipped aft 
and down the companion stairs into the cabin. 

It was such a scene of confusion as you can hardly fancy. All 
the lock-fast places had been broken open in quest of the chart. 
The floor was thick with mud where ruffians had sat down to 
drink or consult after wading in the marshes round their camp. 
The bulkheads, all painted in clear white and beaded round with 
gilt, bore a pattern of dirty hands. Dozens of empty bottles 
clinked together in corners to the rolling of the ship. One of 
the doctor's medical books lay open on the table, half of the 
leaves gutted out, I suppose, for pipe-lights. In the midsi of all 
this the lamp still cast a smoky glow, obscure and brown as 
umber. 

I went into the cellar; all the barrels were gone, and of the 
bottles a most surprising number had been drunk out and thrown 
away. Certainly, since the mutiny began not a man of them 
could ever have been sober. 

Foraging about, I found a bottle with some brandy left, for 
Hands; and for myself I routed out some biscuit, some pickled 
fruits, a great bunch of raisins, and a piece of cheese. With 
these I came on deck, put down my own stock behind the rudder- 
head and well out of the coxswain's reach, went forward to the 
water-beaker, and had a good deep drink of water, and then, 
and not till then, gave Hands the brandy. 

He must have drunk a gill before he took the bottle from his 
mouth. 

"Aye," said he, "by thunder, but I wanted some o' that!" 

I had sat down already in my own corner and begun to eat. 

"Much hurt?" I asked him. 

He grunted, or rather I might say he barked. 

"If that doctor was aboard," he said, "I'd be right enough in 

[204! 




"I CAN'T HAVE THESE COLORS, MR. HANDS, AND BY 
YOUR LEAVE, I'LL STRIKE 'EM" 



TREASURE ISLAND 

a couple of turns; but I don't have no manner of luck, you see, 
and that's what's the matter with me. As for that swab, he's 
good as dead, he is," he added, indicating the man with the red 
cap. "He warn't no seaman, anyhow. And where mought you 
have come from?" 

"Well," said I, "I've come aboard to take possession of this 
ship, Mr. Hands; and you'll please regard me as your captain 
until further notice." 

He looked at me sourly enough, but said nothing. Some of 
the color had come back into his cheeks, though he still looked 
very sick and still continued to slip out and settle down as the 
ship banged about. 

"By-the-by," I continued, "I can't have these colors, Mr. 
Hands; and, by your leave, I'll strike 'em. Better none than these." 

And, again dodging the boom, I ran to the color-lines, handed 
down their cursed black flag, and chucked it overboard. 

"God save the king!" said I, waving my cap; "and there's 
an end to Captain Silver!" 

He watched me keenly and slyly, his chin all the while on his 
breast. 

"I reckon," he said at last- "I reckon, Cap'n Hawkins, you'll 
kind of want to get ashore now. S'pose we talks." 

"Why, yes," says I, "with all my heart, Mr. Hands. Say 
on." And I went back to my meal with a good appetite. 

"This man," he began, nodding feebly at the corpse "O'Brien 
were his name a rank Irelander this man and me got the 
canvas on her, meaning for to sail her back. Well, he's dead 
now, he is as dead as bilge; and who's to sail this ship I don't 
see. Without I gives you a hint, you ain't that man, as far's I 
can tell. Now, look here, you gives me food and drink and a old 
scarf or 'ankercher to tie my wound up, you do, and I'll tell you 
how to sail her; and that's about square all round, I take it." 

"I'll tell you one thing," says I: "I'm not going back to 
Captain Kidd's anchorage. I mean to get into North Inlet, 
and beach her quietly there." 

"To be sure you did," he cried. "Why, I ain't sich an infernal 

[207] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

lubber, after all. I can see, can't I ? I've tried my fling, I have, 
and I've lost, and it's you has the wind of me. North Inlet? 
Why, I haven't no ch'ice, not I! I'd help you sail her up to 
Execution Dock, by thunder! so I would." 

Well, as it seemed to me, there was some sense in this. We 
struck our bargain on the spot. In three minutes I had the 
Hispaniola sailing easily before the wind along the coast of 
Treasure Island, with good hopes of turning the northern point 
ere noon, and beating down again as far as North Inlet before 
high water, when we might beach her safely and wait till the 
subsiding tide permitted us to land. 

Then I lashed the tiller and went below to my own chest, 
where I got a soft silk handkerchief of my mother's. With 
this, and with my aid, Hands bound up the great bleeding stab 
he had received in the thigh, and after he had eaten a little 
and had a swallow or two more of the brandy he began to pick 
up visibly, sat straighter up, spoke louder and clearer, and 
looked in every way another man. 

The breeze served us admirably. We skimmed before it like 
a bird, the coast of the island flashing by, and the view changing 
every minute. Soon we were past the high lands and bowling 
beside low, sandy country, sparsely dotted with dwarf pines, 
and soon we were beyond that again, and had turned the corner 
of the rocky hill that ends the island on the north. 

I was greatly elated with my new command, and pleased with 
the bright, sunshiny weather and these different prospects of the 
coast. I had now plenty of water and good things to eat, and 
my conscience, which had smitten me hard for my desertion, 
was quieted by the great conquest I had made. I should, I 
think, have had nothing left me to desire but for the eyes of the 
coxswain as they followed me derisively about the deck, and the 
odd smile that appeared continually on his face. It was a 
smile that had in it something both of pain and weakness a 
haggard, old man's smile; but there was, besides that, a grain 
of derision, a shadow of treachery in his expression as he craftily 
watched and watched and watched me at my work. 

[208] 





XXVI 

ISRAEL HANDS 

HE wind, serving us to a desire, now hauled 
into the west. We could run so much the 
easier from the northeast corner of the island 
to the mouth of the North Inlet. Only, as 
we had no power to anchor, and dared not 
beach her till the tide had flowed a good deal 
farther, time hung on our hands. The cox- 
swain told me how to lay the ship to; after a good many trials I 
succeeded, and we both sat in silence over another meal. 

"Cap'n," said he, at length, with that same uncomfortable 
smile, "here's my old shipmate, O'Brien; s'pose you was to 
heave him overboard. I ain't partic'lar, as a rule, and I don't 
take no blame for settling his hash, but I don't reckon him 
ornamental, now, do you?" 

"I'm not strong enough, and I don't like the job; and there 
he lies, for me," said I. 

"This here's an unlucky ship this Hispaniola, Jim," he went 
on, blinking. "There's a power of men been killed in this 
Hispaniola a sight o' poor seamen dead and gone since you and 
me took ship to Bristol. I never seen sich dirty luck, not I. 
There was this here O'Brien, now he's dead, ain't he? Well, 

[209] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

now, I'm no scholar, and you're a lad as can read and figure; 
and to put it straight, do you take it as a dead man is dead for 
good, or do he come alive again?" 

"You can kill the body, Mr. Hands, but not the spirit; you 
must know that already," I replied. "O'Brien there is in another 
world, and maybe watching us." 

"Ah!" says he. "Well, that's unfort'nate appears as if 
killing parties was a waste of time. Howsomever, sperrits don't 
reckon for much, by what I've seen. I'll chance it with the 
sperrits, Jim. And now you've spoke up free, and I'll take it 
kind if you'd step down into that there cabin and get me a 
well, a shiver my timbers! I can't hit the name on't; well, 
you get me a bottle of wine, Jim. This here brandy's too strong 
for my head." 

Now, the coxswain's hesitation seemed to be unnatural; and 
as for the notion of his preferring wine to brandy, I entirely 
disbelieved it. The whole story was a pretext. He wanted 
me to leave the deck so much was plain; but with what pur- 
pose I could in no way imagine. His eyes never met mine; 
they kept wandering to and fro, up and down, now with a look 
to the sky, now with a flitting glance upon the dead O'Brien. 
All the time he kept smiling, and putting his tongue out in the 
most guilty, embarrassed manner, so that a child could have 
told that he was bent on some deception. I was prompt with 
my answer, however, for I saw where my advantage lay; and 
that with a fellow so densely stupid I could easily conceal my 
suspicions to the end. 

"Some wine?" I said. "Far better. Will you have white or 
red?" 

'Well, I reckon it's about the blessed same to me, shipmate," 
he replied; "so it's strong, and plenty of it, what's the odds?" 

"All right," I answered. "I'll bring you port, Mr. Hands. 
But I'll have to dig for it." 

With that I scuttled down the companion with all the noise I 
could, slipped off my shoes, ran quietly along the sparred gallery, 
mounted the forecastle ladder, and popped my head out of the 

[210] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

fore companion. I knew he would not expect to see me there, 
yet I took every precaution possible; and certainly the worst of 
my suspicions proved too true. 

He had risen from his position to his hands and knees, and, 
though his leg obviously hurt him pretty sharply when he moved 
for I could hear him stifle a groan yet it was at a good, rattling 
rate that he trailed himself across the deck. In half a minute 
he had reached the port scuppers and picked, out of a coil of rope, 
a long knife, or rather a short dirk, discolored to the hilt with 
blood. He looked upon it for a moment, thrusting forth his under 
jaw, tried the point upon his hand, and then, hastily concealing 
it in the bosom of his jacket, trundled back again into his old 
place against the bulwark. 

This was all that I required to know. Israel could move 
about; he was now armed; and if he had been at so much trouble 
to get rid of me it was plain that I was meant to be the victim. 
What he would do afterward whether he would try to crawl 
right across the island from North Inlet to the camp among the 
swamps, or whether he would fire Long Tom, trusting that his 
own comrades might come first to help him, was, of course, more 
than I could say. 

Yet I felt sure that I could trust him in one point, since in 
that our interests jumped together, and that was in the disposition 
of the schooner. We both desired to have her stranded safe 
enough, in a sheltered place, and so that, when the tide came, 
she could be got ofF again with as little labor and danger as might 
be; and until that was done I considered that my life would 
certainly be spared. 

While I was thus turning the business over in my mind I had 
not been idle with my body. I had stolen back to the cabin, 
slipped once more into my shoes, and laid my hand at random 
on a bottle of wine, and now, with this for an excuse, I made 
my reappearance on the deck. 

Hands lay as I had left him, all fallen together in a bundle, 
and with his eyelids lowered, as though he were too weak to bear 
the light. He looked up, however, at my coming, knocked the 

[211] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

neck off the bottle, like a man who had done the same thing 
often, and took a good swig, with his favorite toast of "Here's 
luck!" Then he lay quiet for a little, and then, pulling out a 
stick of tobacco, begged me to cut him a quid. 

"Cut me a junk o' that," says he, "for I haven't no knife, 
and hardly strength enough, so be as I had. Ah, Jim, Jim, I 
reckon I've missed stays! Cut me a quid, as '11 likely be the 
last, lad; for I'm for my long home, and no mistake." 

"Well," said I, "I'll cut you some tobacco; but if I was you 
and thought myself so badly I would go to my prayers, like a 
Christian man." 

"Why?" said he. "Now, you tell me why." 

'Why?" I cried. 'You were asking me just now about the 
dead. You've broken your trust; you've lived in sin and lies 
and blood; there's a man you killed lying at your feet this 
moment; and you ask me why! For God's mercy, Mr. Hands, 
that's why." 

I spoke with a little heat, thinking of the bloody dirk he had 
hidden in his pocket, and designed, in his ill thoughts, to end 
me with. He, for his part, took a great draught of the wine 
and spoke with the most unusual solemnity. 

"For thirty years," he said, "I've sailed the seas, and seen 
good and bad, better and worse, fair weather and foul, provisions 
running out, knives going, and what not. Well, now I tell you 
I never seen good come o' goodness yet. Him as strikes first 
is my fancy; dead men don't bite; them's my views amen, so 
be it. And now, you look here," he added, suddenly changing 
his tone, "we've had about enough of this foolery. The tide's 
made good enough by now. You just take my orders, Cap'n 
Hawkins, and we'll sail slap in and be done with it." 

All told, we had scarce two miles to run, but the navigation 
was delicate; the entrance to this northern anchorage was not 
only narrow and shoal, but lay east and west, so that the schooner 
must be nicely handled to be got in. I think I was a good, 
prompt subaltern, and I am very sure that Hands was an excellent 
pilot, for we went about and about, and dodged in, shaving the 

[212] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

banks, with a certainty and a neatness that were a pleasure to 
behold. 

Scarcely had we passed the heads before the land closed around 
us. The shores of North Inlet were as thickly wooded as those 
of the southern anchorage, but the space was longer and narrower 
and more like, what in truth it was, the estuary of a river. Right 
before us, at the southern end, we saw the wreck of a ship in the 
last stages of dilapidation. It had been a great vessel of three 
masts, but had lain so long exposed to the injuries of the weather 
that it was hung about with great webs of dripping seaweed, 
and on the deck of it shore bushes had taken root and now 
flourished thick with flowers. It was a sad sight, but it showed 
us that the anchorage was calm. 

"Now," said Hands, "look there; there's a pet bit for to 
beach a ship in. Fine flat sand, never a catspaw, trees all around 
of it, and flowers a-blowing like a garding on that old ship." 

"And once beached," I inquired, "how shall we get her off 
again?" 

"Why, so," he replied; "you take a line ashore there on the 
other side at low water: take a turn about one o' them big pines; 
bring it back, take a turn round the capstan, and lie to for the 
tide. Come high water, all hands take a pull upon the line, and 
off she comes as sweet as natur'. And now, boy, you stand by. 
We're near the bit now, and she's too much way on her. Star- 
board a little so steady starboard larboard a little steady 
steady!" 

So he issued his commands, which I breathlessly obeyed, till, 
all of a sudden, he cried, "Now, my hearty, luflF!" And I put 
the helm hard up, and the Hispaniola swung round rapidly, and 
ran stem on for the low wooded shore. 

The excitement of these last manoeuvers had somewhat inter- 
fered with the watch I had kept hitherto, sharply enough, upon 
the coxswain. Even then I was still so much interested, waiting 
for the ship to touch, that I had quite forgot the peril that hung 
over my head, and stood craning over the starboard bulwarks 
and watching the ripples spreading wide before the bows. I 

[213] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

might have fallen without a struggle for my life had not a sudden 
disquietude seized upon me and made me turn my head. Per- 
haps I had heard a creak or seen his shadow moving with the 
tail of my eye; perhaps it was an instinct like a cat's; but, sure 
enough, when I looked round, there was Hands, already half-way 
toward me, with the dirk in his right hand. 

We must both have cried out aloud when our eyes met; but 
while mine was the shrill cry of terror, his was a roar of fury 
like a charging bull's. At the same instant he threw himself 
forward, and I leaped sideways toward the bows. As I did so 
I left hold of the tiller, which sprang sharp to leeward; and I 
think this saved my life, for it struck Hands across the chest and 
stopped him, for the moment, dead. 

Before he could recover I was safe out of the corner where he 
had me trapped, with all the deck to dodge about. Just forward 
of the mainmast I stopped, drew a pistol from my pocket, took 
a cool aim, though he had already turned and was once more 
coming directly after me, and drew the trigger. The hammer 
fell, but there followed neither flash nor sound; the priming was 
useless with sea-water. I cursed myself for my neglect. Why 
had not I, long before, reprimed and reloaded my only weapons? 
Then I should not have been, as now, a mere fleeing sheep before 
this butcher. 

Wounded as he was, it was wonderful how fast he could move, 
his grizzled hair tumbling over his face, and his face itself as 
red as a red ensign with his haste and fury. I had no time to 
try my other pistol, nor, indeed, much inclination, for I was 
sure it would be useless. One thing I saw plainly: I must not 
simply retreat before him or he would speedily hold me boxed 
into the bows, as a moment since he had so nearly boxed me in 
the stern. Once so caught, and nine or ten inches of the blood- 
stained dirk would be my last experience on this side of eternity. 
I placed my palms against the mainmast, which was of a goodish 
bigness, and waited, every nerve upon the stretch. 

Seeing that I meant to dodge, he also paused; and a moment 
or two passed in feints on his part and corresponding movements 

[214] 




THE COXSWAIN LOOSED HIS GRASP UPON THE SHROUDS 
AND PLUNGED HEAD FIRST INTO THE WATER 



TREASURE ISLAND 

upon mine. It was such a game as I had often played at home 
about the rocks of Black Hill Cove, but never before, you may 
be sure, with such a wildly beating heart as now. Still, as I say, 
it was a boy's game, and I thought I could hold my own at it 
against an elderly seaman with a wounded thigh. Indeed, my 
courage had begun to rise so high that I allowed myself a few 
darting thoughts on what would be the end of the affair; and 
while I saw certainly that I could spin it out for long, I saw no 
hope of any ultimate escape. 

Well, while things stood thus suddenly the Hispaniola struck, 
staggered, ground for an instant in the sand, and then, swift as a 
blow, canted over to the port side, till the deck stood at an 
angle of forty-five degrees, and about a puncheon of water 
splashed into the scupper holes and lay in a pool between the 
deck and bulwark. 

We were both of us capsized in a second, and both of us rolled, 
almost together, into the scuppers; the dead red-cap, with his 
arms still spread out, tumbling stiffly after us. So near were we, 
indeed, that my head came against the coxswain's foot with a 
crack that made my teeth rattle. Blow and all, I was the 
first afoot again, for Hands had got involved with the dead body. 
The sudden canting of the ship had made the deck no place for 
running on; I had to find some new way of escape, and that 
upon the instant, for my foe was almost touching me. Quick 
as thought I sprang into the mizzen shrouds, rattled up hand 
over hand, and did not draw a breath till I was seated on the 
crosstrees. 

I had been saved by being prompt; the dirk had struck not 
half a foot below me, as I pursued my upward flight; and there 
stood Israel Hands with his mouth open and his face upturned 
to mine, a perfect statue of surprise and disappointment. 

Now that I had a moment to myself I lost no time in changing 
the priming of my pistol, and then, having one ready for service, 
and to make assurance doubly sure, I proceeded to draw the load 
of the other and recharge it afresh from the beginning. 

My new employment struck Hands all of a heap; he began 
15 [217] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

to see the dice going against him, and after an obvious hesitation 
he also hauled himself heavily into the shrouds and, with the 
dirk in his teeth, began slowly and painfully to mount. It 
cost him no end of time and groans to haul his wounded leg 
behind him; and I had quietly finished my arrangements before 
he was much more than a third of the wa}^ up. Then, with a 
pistol in either hand, I addressed him. 

"One more step, Mr. Hands," said I, "and I'll blow your 
brains out! Dead men don't bite, you know," I added, with a 
chuckle. 

He stopped instantly. I could see by the working of his face 
that he was trying to think, and the process was so slow and 
laborious that, in my new-found security, I laughed aloud. At 
last, with a swallow or two, he spoke, his face still wearing the 
same expression of extreme perplexity. In order to speak he 
had to take the dagger from his mouth, but in all else he remained 
unmoved. 

'Jim," says he, 'I reckon we're fouled, you and me, and 
we'll have to sign articles. I'd have had you but for that there 
lurch; but I don't have no luck, not I; and I reckon I'll have to 
strike, which comes hard, you see, for a master mariner, to a 
ship's younker like you, Jim." 

I was drinking in his words and smiling away, as conceited as a 
cock upon a wall, when, all in a breath, back went his right 
hand over his shoulder. Something sang like an arrow through 
the air; I felt a blow and then a sharp pang, and there I was 
pinned by the shoulder to the mast. In the horrid pain and sur- 
prise of the moment I scarce can say it was by my own volition, 
and I am sure it was without a conscious aim both my pistols 
went off, and both escaped out of my hands. They did not fall 
alone; with a choked cry the coxswain loosed his grasp upon the 
shrouds and plunged head first into the water. 




"PIECES OF EIGHT" 




WING to the cant of the vessel the masts 
hung far out over the water, and from my 
perch on the crosstrees I had nothing below 
me but the surface of the bay. Hands, 
who was not so far up, was, in consequence, 
nearer to the ship, and fell between me and 
the bulwarks. He rose once to the surface 
in a lather of foam and blood, and then sank again for good. 
As the water settled I could see him lying huddled together on 
the clean, bright sand in the shadow of the vessel's side. A 
fish or two whipped past his body. Sometimes, by the quivering 
of the water, he appeared to move a little, as if he were trying 
to rise. But he was dead enough, for all that, being both shot 
and drowned, and was food for fish in the very place where he 
had designed my slaughter. 

I was no sooner certain of this than I began to feel sick, faint, 
and terrified. The hot blood was running over my back and 
chest. The dirk, where it had pinned my shoulder to the mast, 
seemed to burn like a hot iron; yet it was not so much these real 
sufferings that distressed me, for these, it seemed to me, I could 
bear without a murmur; it was the horror I had upon my mind 

[219] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

of falling from the crosstrees into that still green water, beside 
the body of the coxswain. 

I clung with both hands till my nails ached, and I shut my 
eyes as if to cover up the peril. Gradually my mind came back 
again, my pulses quieted down to a more natural time, and I 
was once more in possession of myself. 

It was my first thought to pluck forth the dirk, but either it 
stuck too hard or my nerve failed me, and I desisted with a violent 
shudder. Oddly enough, that very shudder did the business. 
The knife, in fact, had come the nearest in the world to missing 
me altogether; it held me by a mere pinch of skin, and this the 
shudder tore away. The blood ran down the faster, to be sure; 
but I was my own master again, and only tacked to the mast 
by my coat and shirt. 

These last I broke through with a sudden jerk, and then 
regained the deck by the starboard shrouds. For nothing in the 
world would I have again ventured, shaken as I was, upon the 
overhanging port shrouds from which Israel had so lately fallen. 

I went below, and did what I could for my wound; it pained 
me a good deal, and still bled freely, but it was neither deep nor 
dangerous, nor did it greatly gall me when I used my arm. 
Then I looked around me, and as the ship was now, in a sense, 
my own, I began to think of clearing it from its last passenger 
the dead man, O'Brien. 

He had pitched, as I have said, against the bulwarks, where he 
lay like some horrible, ungainly sort of puppet; life-sized, indeed, 
but how different from life's color or life's comedies! In that 
position I could easily have my way with him; and as the habit 
of tragical adventures had worn off almost all my terror for the 
dead I took him by the waist as if he had been a sack of bran and, 
with one good heave, tumbled him overboard. He went in with 
a sounding plunge; the red cap came off and remained floating 
on the surface; and as soon as the splash subsided I could see 
him and Israel lying side by side, both wavering with the tremu- 
lous movement of the water. O'Brien, though still quite a 
young man, was very bald. There he lay, with that bald head 

[22O/ 



TREASURE ISLAND 

across the knees of the man who had killed him, and the quick 
fishes steering to and fro over both. 

I was now alone upon the ship; the tide had just turned. 
The sun was within so few degrees of setting that already the 
shadow of the pines upon the western shore began to reach right 
across the anchorage and fall in patterns on the deck. The 
evening breeze had sprung up, and though it was well warded 
off by the hill with the two peaks upon the east, the cordage 
had begun to sing a little softly to itself and the idle sails to 
rattle to and fro. 

I began to see a danger to the ship. The jibs I speedily doused 
and brought tumbling to the deck; but the mainsail was a 
harder matter. Of course, when the schooner canted over, the 
boom had swung outboard, and the cap of it and a foot or two 
of sail hung even under water. I thought this made it still 
more dangerous, yet the strain was so heavy that I half feared 
to meddle. At last I got my knife and cut the halyards. The 
peak dropped instantly, a great belly of loose canvas floated 
broad upon the water, and since, pull as I liked, I could not 
budge the downhaul, that was the extent of what I could accom- 
plish. For the rest, the Hispaniola must trust to luck, like myself. 

By this time the whole anchorage had fallen into shadow 

the last rays, I remember, falling through a glade of the wood 

and shining bright as jewels on the flowery mantle of the wreck. 

It began to be chill; the tide was rapidly fleeting seaward, the 

schooner settling more and more on her beam-ends. 

I scrambled forward and looked over. It seemed shallow 
enough, and, holding the cut hawser in both hands for a last 
security, I let myself drop softly overboard. The water scarcely 
reached my waist; the sand was firm and covered with ripple 
marks, and I waded ashore in great spirits, leaving the Hispaniola 
on her side, with her mainsail trailing wide upon the surface of 
the bay. About the same time the sun went fairly down and 
the breeze whistled low in the dusk among the tossing pines. 

At least and at last I was off the sea, nor had I returned thence 
empty-handed. There lay the schooner, clear at last from 

[221] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

bucaneers and ready for our own men to board and get to sea 
again. I had nothing nearer my fancy than to get home to the 
stockade and boast of my achievements. Possibly I might be 
blamed a bit for my truantry, but the recapture of the Hispaniola 
was a clinching answer, and I hoped that even Captain Smollett 
would confess I had not lost my time. 

So thinking, and in famous spirits, I began to set my face 
homeward for the blockhouse and my companions. I remem- 
bered that the most easterly of the rivers which drain into 
Captain Kidd's anchorage ran from the two-peaked hill upon my 
left; and I bent my course in that direction that I might pass 
the stream while it was small. The wood was pretty open, and, 
keeping along the lower spurs, I had soon turned the corner of 
that hill, and not long after waded to the mid-calf across the 
water-course. 

This brought me near to where I had encountered Ben Gunn, 
the maroon, and I walked more circumspectly, keeping an eye 
on every side. The dusk had come nigh hand completely, and, 
as I opened out the cleft between the two peaks, I became aware 
of a wavering glow against the sky, where, as I judged, the man of 
the island was cooking his supper before a roaring fire. And yet I 
wondered, in my heart, that he should show himself so careless. 
For if I could see this radiance, might it not reach the eyes of 
Silver himself where he camped upon the shore among the marshes ? 

Gradually the night fell blacker; it was all I could do to 
guide myself even roughly toward my destination; the double 
hill behind me and the Spy-glass on my right hand loomed faint 
and fainter; the stars were few and pale; and in the low ground 
where I wandered I kept tripping among bushes and rolling into 
sandy pits. 

Suddenly a kind of brightness fell about me. I looked up; 
a pale glimmer of moonbeams had alighted on the summit of 
the Spy-glass, and soon after I saw something broad and silvery 
moving low down behind the trees, and knew the moon had risen. 

With this to help me, I passed rapidly over what remained to 
*ne of my journey, and, sometimes walking, sometimes running, 

[ 222 ] 




WITH MY ARMS BEFORE ME I WALKED STEADILY IN 



TREASURE ISLAND 

impatiently drew near to the stockade. Yet, as I began to 
thread the grove that lies before it I was not so thoughtless but 
that I slacked my pace and went a trifle warily. It would have 
been a poor end of my adventures to get shot down by my own 
party in mistake. 

The moon was climbing higher and higher; its light began 
to fall here and there in masses through the more open districts 
of the wood; and right in front of me a glow of a different color 
appeared among the trees. It was red and hot, and now and 
again it was a little darkened, as it were the embers of a bonfire 
smoldering. 

For the life of me I could not think what it might be. 

At last I came right down upon the borders of the clearing. 
The western end was already steeped in moonshine; the rest, 
and the blockhouse itself, still lay in a black shadow checkered 
with long, silvery streaks of light. On the other side of the 
house an immense fire had burned itself into clear embers and 
shed a steady, red reverberation, contrasted strongly with the 
mellow paleness of the moon. There was not a soul stirring, 
nor a sound beside the noises of the breeze. 

I stopped with much wonder in my heart, and perhaps a little 
terror also. It had not been our way to build great fires; we 
were, indeed, by the captain's orders, somewhat niggardly of 
firewood; and I began to fear that something had gone wrong 
while I was absent. 

I stole round by the eastern end, keeping close in shadow, and, 
at a convenient place, where the darkness was thickest, crossed 
the palisade. 

To make assurance surer I got upon my hands and knees and 
crawled without a sound toward the corner of the house. As I 
drew neater my heart was suddenly and greatly lightened. It 
is not a pleasant noise in itself, and I have often complained of 
it at other times, but just then it was like music to hear my friends 
snoring together so loud and peaceful in their sleep. The sea 
cry of the watch, that beautiful "All's well," never fell more 
reassuringly on my ear. 



TREASURE ISLAND 

In the mean time there was no doubt of one thing they 
kept an infamous bad watch. If it had been Silver and his 
lads that were now creeping in on them not a soul would have 
seen daybreak. That was what it was, thought I, to have the 
captain wounded; and again I blamed myself sharply for leaving 
them in that danger with so few to mount guard. 

By this time I had got to the door and stood up. All was 
dark within, so that I could distinguish nothing by the eye. 
As for sounds, there was the steady drone of the snorers, and a 
small occasional noise, a flickering or pecking that I could in 
no way account for. 

With my arms before me I walked steadily in. I should lie 
down in my own place (I thought, with a silent chuckle) and 
enjoy their faces when they found me in the morning. 

My foot struck something yielding it was a sleeper's leg; 
and he turned and groaned, but without awaking. 

And then, all of a sudden, a shrill voice broke forth out of the 
darkness: 

"Pieces of eight! pieces of eight! pieces of eight! pieces of 
eight! pieces of eight!" and so forth, without pause or change, 
like the clacking of a tiny mill. 

Silver's green parrot, Captain Flint! It was she whom I had 
heard pecking at a piece of bark; it was she, keeping better 
watch than any human being, who thus announced my arrival 
with her wearisome refrain. 

I had no time left me to recover. At the sharp, clipping tone 
of the parrot the sleepers awoke and sprang up; and with a 
mighty oath the voice of Silver cried: 

"Who goes?" 

I turned to run, struck violently against one person, recoiled, 
and ran full into the arms of a second, who, for his part, closed 
upon and held me tight. 

"Bring a torch, Dick," said Silver, when my capture was thus 
assured. 

And one of the men left the log house and presently returned 
with a lighted brand. 



\\ 



\ 



V/h CAPTAIN SILVER 






IN THE ENEMY S CAMP 

HE red glare of the torch, lighting up the 
interior of the blockhouse, showed me the 
worst of my apprehensions realized. The 
pirates were in possession of the house and 
stores; there was the cask of cognac, there 
were the pork and bread, as before, and, 
what tenfold increased my horror, not a 
sign of any prisoner. I could only judge that all had perished, 
and my heart smote me sorely that I had not been there to 
perish with them. 

There were six of the bucaneers, all told; not another man 
was left alive. Five of them were on their feet, flushed and 
swollen, suddenly called out of the first sleep of drunkenness. 
The sixth had only risen upon his elbow; he was deadly pale, 
and the blood-stained bandage round his head told that he had 
recently been wounded, and still more recently dressed. I re- 
membered the man who had been shot and had run back among 
the woods in the great attack, and doubted not that this was he. 
The parrot sat, preening her plumage, on Long John's shoulder. 
He himself, I thought, looked somewhat paler and more stern 

[229] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

than I was used to. He still wore the fine broadcloth suit in 
which he had fulfilled his mission, but it was bitterly the worse 
for wear, daubed with clay and torn with the sharp briers of the 
wood. 

"So," said he, " here's Jim Hawkins, shiver my timbers! 
Dropped in, like, eh? Well, come, I take that friendly." 

And thereupon he sat down across the brandy-cask and began 
to fill a pipe. 

"Give me a loan of the link, Dick," said he; and then, when 
he had a good light, "that '11 do, lad," he added; "stick the glim 
in the wood-heap; and you, gentlemen, bring yourselves to! 
you needn't stand up for Mr. Hawkins; hill excuse you, you 
may lay to that. And so, Jim" stopping the tobacco "here 
you were, and quite a pleasant surprise for poor old John. I 
see you were smart when first I set my eyes on you; but this here 
gets away from me clean, it do." 

To all this, as may well be supposed, I made no answer. They 
had set me with my back against the wall, and I stood there look- 
ing Silver in the face, pluckily enough, I hope, to all outward 
appearance, but with black despair in my heart. 

Silver took a whifF or two of his pipe, with great composure, 
and then ran on again. 

"Now, you see, Jim, so be as you are here," says he, "I'll 
give you a piece of my mind. I've always liked you, I have, 
for a lad of spirit, and the picter of my own self when I was 
young and handsome. I always wanted you to jine and take 
your share, and die a gentleman, and now, my cock, you've got 
to. Cap'n Smollett's a fine seaman, as I'll own up to any day, 
but stiff on discipline. 'Dooty is dooty,' says he, and right he 
is. Just you keep clear of the cap'n. The doctor himself is 
gone dead again' you 'ungrateful scamp' was what he said; 
and the short and the long of the whole story is about here: 
you can't go back to your own lot, for they won't have you; 
and, without you start a third ship's company all by yourself, 
which might be lonely, you'll have to jine with Cap'n Silver." 

So far so good. My friends, then, were still alive, and though 

[230] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

I partly believed the truth of Silver's statement, that the cabin 
party were incensed at me for my desertion, I was more relieved 
than distressed by what I heard. 

"I don't say nothing as to your being in our hands," continued 
Silver, "though there you are, and you may lay to it. I'm all 
for argyment; I never seen good come out o' threatening. If 
you like the service, well, you'll jine; and if you don't, Jim, why, 
you're free to answer no free and welcome, shipmate; and 
if fairer can be said by mortal seaman, shiver my sides!" 

"Am I to answer, then?" I asked, with a very tremulous 
voice. Through all this sneering talk I was made to feel the 
threat of death that overhung me, and my cheeks burned and 
my heart beat painfully in my breast. 

''Lad," said Silver, "no one's a-pressing of you. Take your 
bearings. None of us won't hurry you, mate; time goes so 
pleasant in your company, you see." 

'Well," says I, growing a bit bolder, "if I'm to choose, I 
declare I have a right to know what's what, and why you're 
here, and where my friends are." 

'Wot's wot?" repeated one of the bucaneers in a deep growl. 
"Ah, he'd be a lucky one as knowed that!" 

'You'll, perhaps, batten down your hatches till you're spoke, 
my friend," cried Silver, truculently, to this speaker. And 
then, in his first gracious tones, he replied to me: "Yesterday 
morning, Mr. Hawkins," said he, "in the dog-watch down came 
Dr. Livesey with a flag of truce. Says he, 'Cap'n Silver, you're 
sold out. Ship's gone.' Well, maybe we'd been taking a glass 
and a song to help it round. I won't say no. Leastways none 
of us had looked out. We looked out, and, by thunder! the 
old ship was gone. I never seen a pack of fools look fishier; 
and you may lay to that, if I tells you that looked the fishiest. 
'Well,' says the doctor, 'let's bargain.' We bargained, him and I, 
and here we are: stores, brandy, blockhouse, the firewood you 
was thoughtful enough to cut, and, in a manner of speaking, 
the whole blessed boat, from crosstrees to kelson. As for them, 
they've tramped; I don't know where's they are." 

[231 1 



TREASURE ISLAND 



He drew again quietly at his pipe. 

"And lest you should take it into that head of yours," he 
went on, "that you was included in the treaty, here's the last 
word that was said: 'How many are you,' says I, 'to leave?' 
'Four,' says he 'four, and one of us wounded. As for that 
boy, I don't know where he is, confound him/ says he, 'nor 
I don't much care. We're about sick of him.' These was his 
words." 

"Is that all?" I asked. 

'Well, it's all that you're to hear, my son," returned Silver, 

"And now I am to choose?" 

"And now you are to choose, and you may lay to that," said 
Silver. 

'Well," said I, "I am not such a fool but I know pretty well 
what I have to look for. Let the worst come to the worst, 
it's little I care. I've seen too many die since I fell in with you. 
But there's a thing or two I have to tell you," I said, and by 
this time I was quite excited; "and the first is this: here you 
are in a bad way: ship lost, treasure lost, men lost; your whole 
business gone to wreck; and if you want to know who did it 
it was I! I was in the apple-barrel the night we sighted land and 
I heard you, John, and you, Dick Johnson, and Hands, who is 
now at the bottom of the sea, and told every word you said 
before the hour was out. And as for the schooner, it was I 
who cut her cable, and it was I that killed the men you had 
aboard of her, and it was I who brought her where you'll never 
see her more, not one of you. The laugh's on my side; I've 
had the top of this business from the first; I no more fear 
you than I fear a fly. Kill me, if you please, or spare me. But 
one thing I'll say, and no more if you spare me bygones are by- 
gones, and when you fellows are in court for piracy I'll save you 
all I can. It is for you to choose. Kill another and do yourselves 
no good, or spare me and keep a witness to save you from the 
gallows." 

I stopped, for, I tell you, I was out of breath, and, to my 
wonder, not a man of them moved, but all sat staring at me 



TREASURE ISLAND 

like as many sheep. And while they were still staring I broke 
out again: 

"And now, Mr. Silver," I said, "I believe you're the best man 
here, and if things go the worst I'll take it kind of you to let 
the doctor know the way I took it." 

Til bear it in mind," said Silver, with an accent so curious 
that I could not, for the life of me, decide whether he were laugh- 
ing at my request, or had been favorably affected by my courage. 

Til put one to that," cried the old mahogany-faced seaman 
Morgan by name whom I had seen in Long John's public- 
house upon the quays of Bristol. ; 'It was him that knowed 
Black Dog." 

'Well, and see here," added the sea-cook. "I'll put another 
again to that, by thunder! for it was this same boy that faked 
the chart from Billy Bones. First and last, we've split upon 
Jim Hawkins!" 

'Then here goes!" said Morgan, with an oath. 
And he sprang up, drawing his knife as if he had been twenty. 
"Avast there!" cried Silver. 'Who are you, Tom Morgan? 
Maybe you thought you was cap'n here, perhaps. By the pow- 
ers, but I'll teach you better! Cross me, and you'll go where 
many a good man's gone before you, first and last, these thirty 
year back some to the yard-arm, shiver my sides! and some by 
the board, and all to feed the fishes. There's never a man 
looked me between the eyes and seen a good day a'terwards, 
Tom Morgan, you may lay to that." 

Morgan paused, but a hoarse murmur rose from the others. 

'Tom's right," said one. 

'I stood hazing long enough from one," added another. 
"I'll be hanged if I'll be hazed by you, John Silver." 

"Did any of you gentlemen want to have it out with me?' 1 
roared Silver, bending far forward from his position on the 
keg, with his pipe still glowing in his right hand. "Put a name 
on what you're at; you ain't dumb, I reckon. Him that wants 
shall get it. Have I lived this many years, and a son of a rum- 
puncheon cock his hat athwart my hawse at the latter end of it? 

16 



TREASURE ISLAND 

You know the way; you're all gentlemen o' fortune, by your 
account. Well, I'm ready. Take a cutlass, him that dares, 
and I'll see the color of his inside, crutch and all, before that 
pipe's empty." 

Not a man stirred; not a man answered. 

'That's your sort, is it?" he added, returning his pipe to his 
mouth. 'Well, you're a gay lot to look at, anyway. Not 
much worth to fight, you ain't. P'r'aps you can understand 
King George's English. I'm cap'n here by 'lection. I'm cap'n 
here because I'm the best man by a long sea-mile. You won't 
fight as gentlemen o' fortune should; then, by thunder, you'll 
obey, and you may lay to it! I like that boy, now; I never 
seen a better boy than that. He's more a man than any pair 
of rats of you in this here house, and what I say is this: let me 
see him that '11 lay a hand on him that's what I say, and you 
may lay to it." 

There was a long pause after this. I stood straight up against 
the wall, my heart still going like a sledge-hammer, but with a 
ray of hope now shining in my bosom. Silver leaned back 
against the wall, his arms crossed, his pipe in the corner of his 
mouth, as calm as though he had been in church, yet his eye 
kept wandering furtively and he kept the tail of it on his unruly 
followers. They, on their part, drew gradually together toward 
the far end of the blockhouse, and the low hiss of their whispering 
sounded in my ear continuously like a stream. One after an- 
other they would look up, and the red light of the torch would 
fall for a second on their nervous faces; but it was not toward 
me, it was toward Silver that they turned their eyes. 

'You seem to have a lot to say," remarked Silver, spitting 
far into the air. "Pipe up and let me hear it, or lay to." 

"Ax your pardon, sir," returned one of the men, "you're 
pretty free with some of the rules; maybe you'll kindly keep 
an eye upon the rest. This crew's dissatisfied; this crew don't 
vally bullying a marlinspike; this crew has its rights like other 
crews, I'll make so free as that; and by your own rules, I take 
it we can talk together. I ax your pardon, sir, acknowledging 






'& f^&-*sJsSSaBBm!. > . . k^ * ftvii 






-^ , 1-^1 ' 11 i P . it i -*- ^VMWBl 







TREASURE ISLAND 

you to be capting at this present; but I claim my right, and 
steps outside for a council." 

And with an elaborate sea salute this fellow, a long, ill-looking, 
yellow-eyed man of five-and-thirty, stepped coolly toward the 
door and disappeared out of the house. One after another the 
rest followed his example, each making a salute as he passed, 
each adding some apology. "According to rules," said one. 
"Fo'c's'le council," said Morgan. And so with one remark or 
another all marched out and left Silver and me alone with the 
torch. 

The sea-cook instantly removed his pipe. 

"Now, look you here, Jim Hawkins," he said, in a steady 
whisper that was no more than audible, "you're within half a 
plank of death and, what's a long sight worse, of torture. They're 
going to throw me off. But, you mark, I stand by you through 
thick and thin. I didn't mean to; no, not till you spoke up. I 
was about desperate to lose that much blunt, and be hanged into 
the bargain. But I see you was the right sort. I says to myself: 
You stand by Hawkins, John, and Hawkins '11 stand by you. 
You're his last card, and, by the living thunder, John, he's 
yours! Back to back, says I. You save your witness, and he'll 
save your neck!" 

I began dimly to understand. 

'You mean all's lost?" I asked. 

"Aye, by gum, I do!" he answered. "Ship gone, neck gone 
that's the size of it. Once I looked into that bay, Jim Hawkins, 
and seen no schooner well, I'm tough, but I gave out. As 
for that lot and their council, mark me, they're outright fools 
and cowards. I'll save your life if so be as I can from them. 
But, see here, Jim tit for tat you save Long John from 
swinging." 

I was bewildered; it seemed a thing so hopeless he was asking 
he, the old bucaneer, the ringleader throughout. 

"What I can do, that I'll do," I said. 

"It's a bargain!" cried Long John. 'You speak up plucky, 
and, by thunder! I've a chance." 

[237] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

He hobbled to the torch, where it stood propped among the 
firewood, and took a fresh light to his pipe. 

"Understand me, Jim," he said, returning. "I've a head on 
my shoulder, I have. I'm on squire's side now. I know you've 
got that ship safe somewheres. How you done it I don't know, 
but safe it is. I guess Hands and O'Brien turned soft. I never 
much believed in neither of them. Now you mark me. I 
ask no questions, nor I won't let others. I know when a game's 
up, I do; and I know a lad that's staunch. Ah, you that's young 
you and me might have done a power of good together!" 

He drew some cognac from the cask into a tin pannikin. 

"Will you taste, messmate?" he asked; and when I had 
refused: "Well, I'll take a drain myself, Jim," said he. "I 
need a caulker, for there's trouble on hand. And, talking o' 
trouble, why did that doctor give me the chart, Jim?" 

My face expressed a wonder so unaffected that he saw the 
needlessness of further questions. 

"Ah, well, he did, though," said he. "And there's something 
under that, no doubt something, surely, under that, Jim bad 
or good." 

And he took another swallow of the brandy, shaking his great 
fair head like a man who looks forward to the worst. 




XXIX 



THE BLACK SPOT AGAIN 




HE council of the bucaneers had lasted some 
time when one of them re-entered the house 
and, with a repetition of the same salute, 
which had in my eyes an ironical air, begged 
for a moment's loan of the torch. Silver 
briefly agreed; and this emissary retired 
again, leaving us together in the dark. 
'There's a breeze coming, Jim," said Silver, who had by this 
time adopted quite a friendly and familiar tone. 

I turned to the loophole nearest me and looked out. The 
embers of the great fire had so far burned themselves out and 
now glowed so low and duskily that I understood why these 
conspirators desired a torch. About half-way down the slope 
to the stockade they were collected in a group; one held the 
light, another was on his knees in their midst, and I saw the 
blade of an open knife shine in his hand with varying colors, in 
the moon and torch light. The rest were all somewhat stooping, 
as though watching the manoeuvers of this last. I could just 
make out that he had a book as well as a knife in his hand, and 

[239! 



TREASURE ISLAND 

was still wondering how anything so incongruous had come in 
their possession, when the kneeling figure rose once more to his 
feet and the whole party began to move together toward the 
house. 

"Here they come," said I; and I returned to my former 
position, for it seemed beneath my dignity that they should 
find me watching them. 

'Well, let 'em come, lad let 'em come," said Silver, cheerily. 
"I've still a shot in my locker." 

The door opened and the five men, standing huddled together 
just inside, pushed one of their number forward. In any other 
circumstances it would have been comical to see his slow advance, 
hesitating as he set down each foot, but holding his closed right 
hand in front of him. 

"Step up, lad," cried Silver. "I won't eat you. Hand it 
over, lubber. I know the rules, I do; I won't hurt a depytation." 

Thus encouraged, the bucaneer stepped forth more briskly, 
and, having passed something to Silver, from hand to hand, 
slipped yet more smartly back again to his companions. 

The sea-cook looked at what had been given him. 

'The black spot! I thought so," he observed. 'Where might 
you have got the paper? Why, hillo! look here, now: this ain't 
lucky! You've gone and cut this out of a Bible. What fool's 
cut a Bible?" 

"Ah, there!" said Morgan "there! Wot did I say? No 
good '11 come o' that, I said." 

"Well, you've about fixed it now among you," continued 
Silver. "You'll all swing now, I reckon. What soft-headed 
lubber had a Bible?" 

"It was Dick," said one. 

"Dick, was it? Then Dick can get to prayers," said Silver. 
"He's seen his slice of luck, has Dick, and you may lay to 
that." 

But here the long man with the yellow eyes struck in. 

"Belay that talk, John Silver," he said. 'This crew has 
tipped you the black spot in full council, as in dooty bound; 

[240] 










1 SAW THE BLADE OF AN OPEN KNIFE SHINE IN 

HIS HAND 



TREASURE ISLAND 

just you turn it over, as in dooty bound, and see what's wrote 
there. Then you can talk." 

'Thanky, George," replied the sea-cook. "You always was 
brisk for business, and has the rules by heart, George, as I'm 
pleased to see. Well, what is it, anyway? Ah! 'Deposed' 
that's it, is it? Very pretty wrote, to be sure; like print, I swear. 
Your hand o' write, George? Why, you was gettin' quite a 
leadin' man in this here crew. You'll be cap'n next, I shouldn't 
wonder. Just oblige me with that torch again, will you? This 
pipe don't draw." 

"Come now," said George, "you don't fool this crew no more. 
You're a funny man, by your account, but you're over now, and 
you'll maybe step down off that barrel and help vote." 

"I thought you said you knowed the rules," returned Silver, 
contemptuously. "Leastways, if you don't, I do; and I wait 
here and I'm still your cap'n, mind till you outs with your 
grievances and I reply; in the mean time your black spot ain't 
worth a biscuit. After that we'll see." 

"Oh," replied George, "you don't be under no kind of appre- 
hension; wire all square, we are. First, you've made a hash 
of this cruise you'll be a bold man to say no to that. Second, 
you let the enemy out o' this here trap for nothing. Why did 
they want out? I dun'no'; but it's pretty plain they wanted it. 
Third, you wouldn't let us go at them upon the march. Oh, we 
see through you, John Silver; you want to play booty, that's 
what's wrong with you. And then, fourth, there's this here 
boy." 

"Is that all?" asked Silver, quietly. 

"Enough, too," retorted George. 'We'll all swing and sun- 
dry for your bungling." 

"Well, now, look here, I'll answer these four p'ints; one after 
another I'll answer 'em. I made a hash o' this cruise, did I? 
Well, now, you all know what I wanted: and you all know, if 
that had been done, that we'd 'a' been aboard the Hispaniola 
this night as ever was, every man of us alive, and fit, and full 
of good plum-duff, and the treasure in the hold of her, by thunder! 

[243] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

Well, who crossed me? Who forced my hand, as the lawful 
cap'n? Who tipped me the black spot the day we landed, and 
began this dance? Ah, it's a fine dance I'm with you there 
and looks mighty like a hornpipe in a rope's end at Execution 
Dock by London town, it does. But who done it? Why, it 
was Anderson and Hands and you, George Merry! And you're 
the last aboveboard of that same meddling crew; and you have 
the Davy Jones's insolence to up and stand for cap'n over me 
you that sank the lot of us! By the powers, but this tops the 
stiffest yarn to nothing!" 

Silver paused, and I could see by the faces of George and his 
late comrades that these words had not been said in vain. 

'That's for number one," cried the accused, wiping the sweat 
from his brow, for he had been talking with a vehemence that 
shook the house. 'Why, I give you my word, I'm sick to speak 
to you. You've neither sense nor memory, and I leave it to 
fancy where your mothers was that let you come to sea. Sea! 
Gentlemen o' fortune! I reckon tailors is your trade." 

"Go on, John," said Morgan. "Speak up to the others." 

"Ah, the others!" returned John. "They're a nice lot, ain't 
they? You say this cruise is bungled. Ah! by gum! if you could 
understand how bad it's bungled you would see! We're that 
near the gibbet that my neck's stiff with thinking on it. You've 
seen 'em, maybe, hanged in chains, birds about 'em, seamen 
p'inting 'em out as they go down with the tide. 'Who's that?' 
says one. 'That! Why, that's John Silver. I knowed him well/ 
says another. And you can hear the chains a-jangle as you go 
about and reach for the other buoy. Now that's about where 
we are, every mother's son of us, thanks to him and Hands and 
Anderson and other ruination fools of you. And if you want to 
know about number four and that boy, why, shiver my timbers! 
isn't he a hostage? Are we a-going to waste a hostage? No, 
not us; he might be our last chance, and I shouldn't wonder. 
Kill that boy? Not me, mates! And number three? Ah, 
well, there's a deal to say to number three. Maybe you don't 
count it nothing to have a real college doctor come to see you 

[244] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

every day you, John, with your head broke, or you, George 
Merry, that had the ague shakes upon you not six hours agone, 
and has your eyes the color of lemon peel to this same moment 
on the clock? And maybe, perhaps, you didn't know there was 
a consort coming, either? But there is, and not so long till then; 
and we'll see who'll be glad to have a hostage when it comes to 
that. And as for number two, and why I made a bargain well, 
you came crawling on your knees to me to make it on your 
knees you came, you was that downhearted and you'd have 
starved, too, if I hadn't But that's a trifle! You look there 
that's why!" 

And he cast down upon the floor a paper that I instantly 
recognized none other than the chart on yellow paper with the 
three red crosses that I had found in the oilcloth at the bottom 
of the captain's chest. Why the doctor had given it to him was 
more than I could fancy. 

But if it were inexplicable to me, the appearance of the chart 
was incredible to the surviving mutineers. They leaped upon 
it like cats upon a mouse. It went from hand to hand, one 
tearing it from another; and by the oaths and the cries and the 
childish laughter with which they accompanied their examination 
you would have thought, not only they were fingering the very 
gold, but were at sea with it, besides, in safety. 

"Yes," said one, " that's Flint, sure enough. J. F., and a 
score below with a clove hitch to it; so he done ever." 

"Mighty pretty," said George. "But how are we to get away 
with it, and us no ship?" 

Silver suddenly sprang up and, supporting himself with a 
hand against the wall, "Now I give you warning, George," he 
cried. "One more word of your sauce and I'll call you down and 
fight you. How? Why, how do I know? You had ought to 
tell me that you and the rest that lost me my schooner with 
your interference, burn you! But not you, you can't; you hain't 
got the invention of a cockroach. But civil you can speak, and 
shall, George Merry, you may lay to that." 

"That's fair enow," said the old man Morgan. 

[245] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

"Fair! I reckon so," said the sea-cook. 'You lost the ship; 
I found the treasure. Who's the better man at that? And now 
I resign, by thunder! Elect whom you please to be your cap'n 
now; I'm done with it." 

"Silver!" they cried. "Barbecue for ever! Barbecue for 
cap'n!" 

"So that's the toon, is it?" cried the cook. "George, I reckon 
you'll have to wait another turn, friend; and lucky for you as 
I'm not a revengeful man. But that was never my way. And 
now, shipmates, this black spot? 'Tain't much good now, is it? 
Dick's crossed his luck and spoiled his Bible, and that's about 
all." 

"It'll do to kiss the book on still, won't it?" growled Dick, 
who was evidently uneasy at the curse he had brought upon 
himself. 

"A Bible with a bit cut out!" returned Silver, derisively. "Not 
it. It don't bind no more 'n a ballad-book." 

"Don't it, though?" cried Dick, with a sort of joy. "Well, 
I reckon that's worth having, too." 

"Here, Jim here's a cur'osity for you," said Silver; and he 
tossed me the paper. 

It was a round about the size of a crown piece. One side was 
blank, for it had been the last leaf; the other contained a verse 
or two of Revelation these words among the rest, which struck 
sharply home upon my mind: "Without are dogs and murderers." 
The printed side had been blackened with wood ash, which 
already began to come off and soil my fingers; on the blank side 
had been written with the same material the one word "De- 
posed." I have that curiosity beside me at this moment, but 
not a trace of writing now remains beyond a single scratch, such 
as a man might make with his thumb-nail. 

That was the end of the night's business. Soon after, with 
a drink all round, we lay down to sleep, and the outside of Silver's 
vengeance was to put George Merry up for sentinel and threaten 
him with death if he should prove unfaithful. 

It was long ere I could close an eye, and Heaven knows I had 

[246! 



TREASURE ISLAND 

matter enough for thought in the man whom I had slain that 
afternoon, in my own most perilous position, and, above all, 
in the remarkable game that I saw Silver now engaged upon 
keeping the mutineers together with one hand, and grasping 
with the other, after every means, possible and impossible, to 
make his peace and save his miserable life. He himself slept 
peacefully and snored aloud; yet my heart was sore for him, 
wicked as he was, to think on the dark perils that environed 
and the shameful gibbet that awaited him. 





WAS wakened indeed, we were all wakened, 
for I could see even the sentinel shake himself 
together from where he had fallen against the 
door-post by a clear, hearty voice hailing us 
from the margin of the wood : 

" Blockhouse, ahoy!" it cried. "Here's the 
doctor." 

And the doctor it was. Although I was glad to hear the 
sound, yet my gladness was not without admixture. I remem- 
bered with confusion my insubordinate and stealthy conduct; 
and when I saw where it had brought me among what com- 
panions and surrounded by what dangers I felt ashamed to 
look him in the face. 

He must have risen in the dark, for the day had hardly 
come; and when I ran to a loophole and looked out I saw him 
standing, like Silver once before, up to the mid-leg in creeping 
vapor. 

'You, Doctor! Top o' the morning to you, sir!" cried Silver, 

broad awake and beaming with good nature in a moment. 

'Bright and early, to be sure; and it's the early bird, as the 

saying goes, that gets the rations. George, shake up your 

[248] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

timbers, son, and help Dr. Livesey over the ship's side. All 
a-doin' well, your patients was all well and merry." 

So he pattered on, standing on the hilltop with his crutch upon 
his elbow, and one hand upon the side of the log house quite 
the old John in voice, manner, and expression. 

'We've quite a surprise for you, too, sir," he continued. 
'We've a little stranger here he! he! A noo boarder and 
lodger, sir, and looking fit and taut as a fiddle; slep' like a super- 
cargo, he did, right alongside of John stem to stem we was all 
night." 

Dr. Livesey was by this time across the stockade and pretty 
near the cook, and I could hear the alteration in his voice as he 
said: 

"Not Jim?" 

"The very same Jim as ever was," says Silver. 

The doctor stopped outright, although he did not speak, 
and it was some seconds before he seemed able to move on. 

"Well, well," he said at last, "duty first and pleasure after- 
ward, as you might have said yourself, Silver. Let us overhaul 
these patients of yours." 

A moment afterward he had entered the blockhouse and, with 
one grim nod to me, proceeded with his work among the sick. 
He seemed under no apprehension, though he must have known 
that his life, among these treacherous demons, depended on a 
hair; and he rattled on to his patients as if he were paying an 
ordinary professional visit in a quiet English family. His man- 
ner, I suppose, reacted on the men, for they behaved to him as 
if nothing had occurred, as if he were still ship's doctor and they 
still faithful hands before the mast. 

"You're doing well, my friend," he said to the fellow with the 
bandaged head; "and if ever any person had a close shave, it 
was you; your head must be as hard as iron. Well, George, how 
goes it? You're a pretty color, certainly; why, your liver, man, 
is upside down! Did you take that medicine? Did he take 
that medicine, men?" 

"Ay, ay, sir, he took it, sure enough," returned Morgan. 
17 [ 249 ] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

'Because, you see, since I am mutineers' doctor, or prison 
doctor, as I prefer to call it," says Dr. Livesey, in his pleasantest 
way, "I make it a point of honor not to lose a man for King 
George (God bless him!) and the gallows." 

The rogues looked at each other, but swallowed the home 
thrust in silence. 

"Dick don't feel well, sir," said one. 

"Don't he?" replied the doctor. "Well, step up here, Dick, 
and let me see your tongue. No, I should be surprised if he did! 
The man's tongue is fit to frighten the French. Another fever." 

"Ah, there," said Morgan, "that corned of sp'iling Bibles." 

'That corned as you call it of being arrant asses," retorted 
the doctor, "and not having sense enough to know honest air 
from poison, and the dry land from a vile, pestiferous slough. I 
think it most probable though of course it's only an opinion 
that you'll all have the deuce to pay before you get that malaria 
out of your systems. Camp in a bog, would you? Silver, I'm 
surprised at you. You're less of a fool than many, take you all 
round, but you don't appear to me to have the rudiments of a 
notion of the rules of health." 

'Well," he added, after he had dosed them round and they 
had taken his prescriptions, with really laughable humility, more 
like charity school-children than blood-guilty mutineers and 
pirates "well, that's done for to-day. And now I should wish 
to have a talk with that boy, please." 

And he nodded his head in my direction carelessly. 

George Merry was at the door, spitting and spluttering over 
some bad-tasting medicine, but at the first word of the doctor's 
proposal he swung round with a deep flush and cried, "No!" and 
swore. 

Silver struck the barrel with his open hand. 

"Si-lence!" he roared, and looked about him positively like a 
lion. "Doctor," he went on in his usual tones, "I was a-thinking 
of that, knowing as how you had a fancy for the boy. We're all 
humbly grateful for your kindness and, as you see, puts faith in 
you, and takes the drugs down like that much grog. And I take 



TREASURE ISLAND 

it I've found a way as '11 suit all. Hawkins, will you give me 
your word of honor as a young gentleman for a young gentleman 
you are, although poor born your word of honor not to slip 
your cable?" 

I readily gave the pledge required. 

'Then, Doctor," said Silver, "you just step outside o' that 
stockade, and once you're there I'll bring the boy down on the 
inside, and I reckon you can yarn through the spars. Good 
day to you, sir, and all our dooties to the squire and Cap'n 
Smollett." 

The explosion of disapproval, which nothing but Silver's 
black looks had restrained, broke out immediately the doctor 
had left the house. Silver was roundly accused of playing 
double of trying to make a separate peace for himself of 
sacrificing the interests of his accomplices and victims; and^ 
in one word, of the identical, exact thing that he was doing. It 
seemed to me so obvious in this case that I could not imagine 
how he was to turn their anger. But he was twice the man the 
rest were, and his last night's victory had given him a huge pre- 
ponderance on their minds. He called them all the fools and 
dolts you can imagine, said it was necessary I should talk to the 
doctor, fluttered the chart in their faces, asked them if they 
could afford to break the treaty the very day they were bound a- 
treasure-hunting. 

"No, by thunder!" he cried. "It's us must break the treaty 
when the time's come, and till then I'll gammon that doctor 
if I have to ile his boots with brandy." 

And then he bade them get the fire lit, and stalked out upon 
his crutch, with his hand on my shoulder, leaving them in a dis- 
array and silenced by his volubility rather than convinced. 

"Slow, lad, slow," he said. "They might round upon us in 
a twinkle of an eye if we was seen to hurry." 

Very deliberately, then, did we advance across the sand to 
where the doctor awaited us on the other side of the stockade, 
and as soon as we were within easy speaking- distance Silver 
stopped. 



TREASURE ISLAND 

'You'll make a note of this here also, Doctor," says he, "and 
the boy'll tell you how I saved his life and were deposed for it, 
too, and you may lay to that. Doctor, when a man's steering 
as near the wind as me playing chuck-farthing with the last 
breath in his body like you wouldn't think it too much, may- 
hap, to give him one good word? You'll please bear in mind 
it's not my life only now it's that boy's into the bargain; 
and you'll speak me fair, Doctor, and give me a bit o' hope to 
go on, for the sake of mercy." 

Silver was a changed man once he was out there and had his 
back to his friends and the blockhouse; his cheeks seemed to 
have fallen in, his voice trembled; never was a soul more dead in 
earnest. 

'Why, John, you're not afraid?" asked Dr. Livesey. 

"Doctor, I'm no coward! No, not I not so much!" and he 
snapped his fingers. "If I was I wouldn't say it. But I'll own 
up fairly, I've the shakes upon me for the gallows. You're a 
good man and a true; I never seen a better man! And you'll not 
forget what I done good, not any more than you'll forget the bad, 
I know. And I step aside see here and leave you and Jim 
alone. And you'll put that down for me, too, for it's a long 
stretch, is that!" 

So saying, he stepped back a little way, till he was out of ear- 
shot, and there sat down upon a tree-stump and began to whistle, 
spinning round now and again upon his seat so as to command 
a sight, sometimes of me and the doctor, and sometimes of his 
unruly ruffians as they went to and fro in the sand, between 
the fire which they were busy rekindling and the house, from 
which they brought forth pork and bread to make the breakfast. 

"So, Jim," said the doctor, sadly, "here you are. As you 
have brewed, so shall you drink, my boy. Heaven knows I 
cannot find it in my heart to blame you, but this much I will 
say, be it kind or unkind: when Captain Smollett was well you 
dared not have gone off, and when he was ill and couldn't help 
it, by George, it was downright cowardly!" 

I will own that I here began to weep. "Doctor," I said, "you 

[252] 










'ONE JUMP AND YOU'RE OUT, AND WE'LL RUN FOR 

IT LIKE ANTELOPES" 



TREASURE ISLAND 

might spare me. I have blamed myself enough; my life's forfeit 
anyway, and I should have been dead by now if Silver hadn't 
stood for me; and, Doctor, believe this, I can die and I dare 
say I deserve it but what I fear is torture. If they come to 
torture me 

'Jim," the doctor interrupted, and his voice was quite changed 

'Jim, I can't have this. Whip over and we'll run for it." 

"Doctor," said I, "I passed my word." 

"I know, I know," he cried. 'We can't help that, Jim, now. 
I'll take it on my shoulders, holus bolus, blame and shame, my 
boy; but stay here I cannot let you. Jump! One jump and 
you're out, and we'll run for it like antelopes." 

"No," I replied, "you know right well you wouldn't do the 
thing yourself; neither you nor squire nor captain, and no more 
will I. Silver trusted me; I passed my word, and back I go. 
But, Doctor, you did not let me finish. If they come to torture 
me I might let slip a word of where the ship is, for I got the ship, 
part by luck and part by risking, and she lies in North Inlet, on 
the southern beach, and just below high water. At half-tide she 
must be high and dry." 

"The ship!" exclaimed the doctor. 

Rapidly I described to him my adventures, and he heard me 
out in silence. 

"There is a kind of fate in this," he observed, when I had 
done. "Every step it's you that saves our lives; and do you 
suppose by any chance that we are going to let you lose yours? 
That would be a poor return, my boy. You found the plot; 
you found Ben Gunn the best deed that ever you did or will 
do, though you live to ninety. Oh, by Jupiter! and talking of 
Ben Gunn, why, this is the mischief in person. Silver!" he cried, 
"Silver! I'll give you a piece of advice," he continued as the 
cook drew near again; "don't you be in any great hurry after 
that treasure." 

"Why, sir, I do my possible, which that ain't," said Silver. 
"I can only, asking your pardon, save my life and the boy's 
by seeking for that treasure; and you may lay to that." 

[255] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

"Well, Silver," replied the doctor, "if that is so I'll go one step 
further: look out for squalls when you find it." 

"Sir," said Silver, "as between man and man, that's too much 
and too little. What you're after, why you left the blockhouse, 
why you given me that there chart, I don't know, now, do I? 
And yet I done your bidding with my eyes shut and never a 
word of hope! But, no, this here's too much. If you won't 
tell me what you mean plain out, just say so, and I'll leave the 
helm." 

"No," said the doctor, musingly, "I've no right to say more; 
it's not my secret, you see, Silver, or, I give you my word, I'd 
tell it you. But I'll go as far with you as I dare go, and a step 
beyond; for I'll have my wig sorted by the captain or I'm mis- 
taken. And, first, I'll give you a bit of hope: Silver, if we both 
get alive out of this wolf-trap I'll do my best to save you, short 
of perjury." 

Silver's face was radiant. 'You couldn't say more, I'm sure, 
sir, not if you was my mother," he cried. 

"Well, that's my first concession," added the doctor. "My 
second is a piece of advice: Keep the boy close beside you, and 
when you need help, halloo. I'm off to seek it for you, and that 
itself will show you if I speak at random. Good-by, Jim." 

And Dr. Livesey shook hands with me through the stockade, 
nodded to Silver, and set off at a brisk pace into the wood. 







THE TREASURE-HUNT FLINT S POINTER 







IM," said Silver, when we were alone, "if I 
saved your life, you saved (mine, and I'll not 
forget it. I seen the doctor waving you to 
run for it with the tail of my eye, I did; and 
I seen you say no, as plain as hearing. ]im { 
that's one to you. This is the first glint of 
hope I had since the attack failed, and I owe 
it you. And now, Jim, we're to go in for this here treasure- 
hunting, with sealed orders, too, and I don't like it; and you and 
me must stick close, back to back like, and we'll save our necks 
in spite o' fate and fortune." 

Just then a man hailed us from the fire that breakfast was 
ready, and we were soon seated here and there about the sand 
over biscuit and fried junk. They had lit a fire fit to roast an 
ox, and it was now grown so hot that they could only approach 
it from the windward, and even there not without precaution. 
In the same wasteful spirit they had cooked, I suppose, three 
times more than we could eat; and one of them, with an empty 
laugh, threw what was left into the fire, which blazed and roared 
again over this unusual fuel. I never in my life saw men so 
careless of the morrow; hand to mouth is the only word that 
can describe their way of doing; and what with wasted food and 

[257] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

sleeping sentries, though they were bold enough for a brush and 
be done with it, I could see their entire unfitness for anything 
like a prolonged campaign. 

Even Silver, eating away, with Captain Flint upon his shoulder, 
had not a word of blame for their recklessness. And this the 
more surprised me, for I thought he had never shown himself so 
cunning as he did then. 

"Ay, mates," said he, "it's lucky you have Barbecue to think 
for you with this here head. I got what I wanted, I did. Sure 
enough, they have the ship. Where they have it I don't know 
yet; but once we hit the treasure, we'll have to jump about and 
find out. And then, mates, us that has the boats, I reckon, has 
the upper hand." 

Thus he kept running on, with his mouth full of the hot bacon; 
thus he restored their hope and confidence, and, I more than 
suspect, repaired his own at the same time. 

"As for hostage," he continued, "that's his last talk, I guess, 
with them he loves so dear. I've got my piece o' news, and 
thanky to him for that, but it's over and done. I'll take him 
in a line when we go treasure-hunting, for we'll keep him like 
so much gold, in case of accidents, you mark, and in the mean 
time. Once we got the ship and treasure both, and off to sea 
like jolly companions, why then we'll talk Mr. Hawkins over, 
we will, and we'll give him his share, to be sure, for all his 
kindness." 

It was no wonder the men were in a good humor now. For my 
part, I was horribly cast down. Should the scheme he had now 
sketched prove feasible, Silver, already doubly a traitor, would 
not hesitate to adopt it. He had still a foot in either camp, and 
there was no doubt he would prefer wealth and freedom with the 
pirates to a bare escape from hanging, which was the best he had 
to hope on our side. 

Nay, and even if things so fell out that he was forced to keep 
his faith with Dr. Livesey, even then what danger lay before us! 
What a moment that would be when the suspicions of his fol- 
lowers turned to certainty and he and I should have to fight 

[258] 



Swl*:f^ 




W 

03 

O 

h 

O 

Q 
< 



Q 
W 
_1 

CO 



Q 

_) 

O 



W 
K 
H 

H-J 
I-J 



TREASURE ISLAND 

for dear life he a cripple and I a boy against five strong and 
active seamen! 

Add to this double apprehension the mystery that still hung 
over the behavior of my friends, their unexplained desertion of 
the stockade, their inexplicable cession of the chart, or, harder 
still to understand, the doctor's last warning to Silver, "Look 
out for squalls when you find it," and you will readily believe 
how little taste I found in my breakfast, and with how uneasy a 
heart I set forth behind my captors on the quest for treasure. 

We made a curious figure, had any one been there to see us; 
all in soiled sailor clothes, and all but me armed to the teeth. 
Silver had two guns slung about him one before and one behind 
besides the great cutlass at his waist and a pistol in each pocket 
of his square-tailed coat. To complete his strange appearance 
Captain Flint sat perched upon his shoulder and gabbling odds 
and ends of purposeless sea talk. I had a line about my waist, 
and followed obediently after the sea-cook, who held the loose 
end of the rope, now in his free hand, now between his powerful 
teeth. For all the world, I was led like a dancing bear. 

The other men were variously burthened; some carrying picks 
and shovels for that had been the very first necessary they 
brought ashore from the Hispaniola others laden with pork, 
bread, and brandy for the midday meal. All the stores, I 
observed, came from our stock; and I could see the truth of 
Silver's words the night before. Had he not struck a bargain 
with the doctor, he and his mutineers, deserted by the ship, 
must have been driven to subsist on clear water and the pro- 
ceeds of their hunting. Water would have been little to their 
taste; a sailor is not usually a good shot; and besides all that, 
when they were so short of eatables, it was not likely they would 
be very flush of powder. 

Well, thus equipped, we all set out even the fellow with 
the broken head, who should certainly have kept in shadow 
and straggled, one after another, to the beach, where the two 
gigs awaited us. Even these bore trace of the drunken folly 
of the pirates, one in a broken thwart, and both in their muddied 

[261] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

and unbailed condition. Both were to be carried along with us, 
for the sake of safety; and so, with our numbers divided between 
them, we set forth upon the bosom of the anchorage. 

As we pulled over there was some discussion on the chart. 
The red cross was, of course, far too large to be a guide; and 
the terms of the note on the back, as you will hear, admitted of 
some ambiguity. They ran, the reader may remember, thus: 

Tall tree, Spy-glass Shoulder, bearing a point to the N. of N.N.E. 
Skeleton Island E.S.E. and by E. 
Ten feet. 

A tall tree was thus the principal mark. Now, right before us, 
the anchorage was bounded by a plateau from two to three 
hundred feet high, adjoining on the north the sloping southern 
shoulder of the Spy-glass, and rising again toward the south 
into the rough cliffy eminence called the Mizzenmast Hill. 
The top of the plateau was dotted thickly with pine-trees of 
varying height. Every here and there one of a different species 
rose forty or fifty feet clear above its neighbors, and which of 
these was the particular "tall tree" of Captain Flint could only 
be decided on the spot and by the readings of the compass. 

Yet, although that was the case, every man on board the 
boats had picked a favorite of his own ere we were half-way 
over, Long John alone shrugging his shoulders and bidding them 
wait till they were there. 

We pulled easily, by Silver's directions, not to weary the 
hands prematurely, and, after quite a long passage, landed at 
the mouth of the second river that which runs down a woody 
cleft of the Spy-glass. Thence, bending to our left, we began 
to ascend the slope toward the plateau. 

At the first outset heavy, miry ground and a matted, marish 
vegetation greatly delayed our progress; but by little and little 
the hill began to steepen and become stony underfoot and the 
wood to change its character and to grow in a more open order. 
It was, indeed, a most pleasant portion of the island that we 
were now approaching. A heavy-scented broom and many 
flowering shrubs had almost taken the place of grass. Thickets 

[262] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

of green nutmeg-trees were dotted here and there with the red 
columns and the broad shadow of the pines; and the first mingled 
their spice with the aroma of the others. The air, besides, was 
fresh and stirring, and this, under the sheer sunbeams, was a 
wonderful refreshment to our senses. 

The party spread itself abroad, in a fan shape, shouting and 
leaping to and fro. About the center, and a good way behind 
the rest, Silver and I followed I tethered by my rope, he plowing, 
with deep pants, among the sliding gravel. From time to time, 
indeed, I had to lend him a hand or he must have missed his 
footing and fallen backward down the hill. 

We had thus proceeded for about half a mile and were ap- 
proaching the brow of the plateau when the man upon the 
farthest left began to cry aloud, as if in terror. Shout after 
shout came from him, and the others began to run in his direction. 

"He can't 'a' found the treasure," said old Morgan, hurrying 
past us from the right, "for that's clean atop." 

Indeed, as we found when we also reached the spot, it was 
something very different. At the foot of a pretty big pine, and 
involved in a green creeper, which had even partly lifted some 
of the smaller bones, a human skeleton lay, with a few shreds 
of clothing, on the ground. I believe a chill struck for a moment 
to every heart. 

"He was a seaman," said George Merry, who, bolder than the 
rest, had gone up close and was examining the rags of clothing. 
"Leastways, this is good sea-cloth." 

"Ay, ay," said Silver, "like enough; you wouldn't look to 
find a bishop here, I reckon. But what sort of a way is that 
for bones to lie? 'Tain't in natur'." 

Indeed, on a second glance, it seemed impossible to fancy that 
the body was in a natural position. But for some disarray (the 
work, perhaps, of the birds that had fed upon him or of the slow- 
growing creeper that had gradually enveloped his remains) the 
man lay perfectly straight his feet pointing in one direction, his 
hands, raised above his head like a diver's, pointing directly in 
the opposite. 

[26? j 



TREASURE ISLAND 

"I've taken a notion into my old numskull," observed Silver. 
"Here's the compass; there's the tip-top p'int o' Skeleton Island, 
stickin' out like a tooth. Just take a bearing, will you, along 
the line of them bones." 

It was done. The body pointed straight in the direction of 
the island, and the compass read duly E.S.E and by E. 

"I thought so," cried the cook; "this here is a p'inter. Right 
up there is our line for the Pole Star and the jolly dollars. But, 
by thunder! if it don't make me cold inside to think of Flint. 
This is one of his jokes, and no mistake. Him and these six 
was alone here; he killed 'em, every man; and this one he hauled 
here and laid down by compass, shiver my timbers! They're 
long bones, and the hair's been yellow. Ay, that would be 
Allardyce. You mind Allardyce, Tom Morgan?" 

"Ay, ay," returned Morgan, "I mind him; he owed me 
money, he did, and took my knife ashore with him." 

"Speaking of knives," said another, "why don't we find 
his'n lying round? Flint warn't the man to pick a seaman's 
pocket; and the birds, I guess, would leave it be." 

"By the powers, and that's true!" cried Silver. 

"There ain't a thing left here," said Merry, still feeling round 
among the bones, "not a copper doit nor a 'baccy-box. It don't 
look nat'ral to me." 

"No, by gum, it don't!" agreed Silver; "not nat'ral, nor not 
nice, says you. Great guns! messmates, but if Flint was living 
this would be a hot spot for you and me. Six they were, and 
six are we; and bones is what they are now." 

"I saw him dead with these here deadlights," said Morgan. 
'Billy took me in. There he laid, with penny-pieces on his 
eyes." 

"Dead ay, sure enough he's dead and gone below," said 
the fellow with the bandage; "but if ever sperrit walked, it 
would be Flint's. Dear heart, but he died bad, did Flint!" 

"Ay, that he did," observed another; "now he raged, and 
now he hollered for the rum, and now he sang. 'Fifteen Men' 
were his only song, mates; and I tell you true I never rightly 

[264] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

liked to hear it since. It was main hot, and the windy was 
open, and I hear that old song comin' out as clear as clear and 
the death-haul on the man already." 

"Come, come," said Silver, "stow this talk. He's dead, and 
he don't walk, that I know; leastways, he won't walk by day, 
and you may lay to that. Care killed a cat. Fetch ahead 
for the doubloons." 

We started, certainly; but in spite of the hot sun and the star- 
ing daylight, the pirates no longer ran separate and shouting 
through the wood, but kept side by side and spoke with bated 
breath. The terror of the dead bucaneer had fallen on theii 
spirits. 





XXXII 

THE TREASURE-HUNT THE VOICE AMONG THE TREES 

ARTLY from the damping influence of this 
alarm, partly to rest Silver and the sick folk, 
the whole party sat down as soon as they had 
gained the brow of the ascent. 

The plateau being somewhat tilted toward 
the west, this spot on which we had paused 
commanded a wide prospect on either hand. 
Before us, over the tree-tops, we beheld the Cape of the Woods 
fringed with surf; behind, we not only looked down upon the 
anchorage and Skeleton Island, but saw clear across the spit 
and the eastland lowlands a great field of open sea upon the 
east. Sheer above us rose the Spy-glass, here dotted with single 
pines, there black with precipices. There was no sound but that 
of the distant breakers, mounting from all round, and the chirp 
of countless insects in the brush. Not a man, not a sail upon the 
sea; the very largeness of the view increased the sense of solitude. 
Silver, as he sat, took certain bearings with his compass. 
"There are three 'tall trees," said he, "about in the right 
line from Skeleton Island. 'Spy-glasr Shoulder,' I take it, 

[266] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

means that lower p'int there. It's child's play to find the stuff 
now. I've half a mind to dine first." 

"I don't feel sharp," growled Morgan. "Thinkin' o' Flint 
I think it were as done me." 

"Ah, well, my son, you praise your stars he's dead," said 
Silver. 

"He were an ugly devil," cried a third pirate, with a shudder; 
"that blue in the face, too!" 

'That was how the rum took him," added Merry. "Blue! 
well, I reckon he was blue. That's a true word." 

Ever since they had found the skeleton and got upon this 
train of thought they had spoken lower and lower, and they had 
almost got to whispering by now, so that the sound of their talk 
hardly interrupted the silence of the wood. All of a sudden, 
out of the middle of the trees in front of us, a thin, high, trembling 
voice struck up the well-known air and words: 

"Fifteen men on the Dead Man's Chest 
Yo-ho-ho, and a bottle of rum!" 

I never have seen men more dreadfully affected than the 
pirates. The color went from their six faces like enchantment; 
some leaped to their feet, some clawed hold of others, Morgan 
groveled on the ground. 

"It's Flint, by - -!" cried Merry. 

The song had stopped as suddenly as it began broken off, 
you would have said, in the middle of a note, as though some one 
had laid his hand upon the singer's mouth. Coming so far 
through the clear, sunny atmosphere among the green tree-tops, 
I thought it had sounded airily and sweetly; and the effect on 
my companions was the stranger. 

"Come," said Silver, struggling with his ashen lips to get the 
word out, "this won't do. Stand by to go about. This is a 
rum start, and I can't name the voice, but it's some one sky- 
larking some one that's flesh and blood, and you may lay to 
that." 

His courage had come back as he spoke, and some of the 

[267] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

color to his face along with it. Already the others had begun 
to lend an ear to this encouragement and were coming a little 
to themselves when the same voice broke out again not this 
time singing, but in a faint distant hail, that echoed yet fainter 
among the clefts of the Spy-glass. 

"Darby M'Graw!" it wailed for that is the word that best 
describes the sound "Darby M'Graw! Darby M'Graw!" again 
and again and again; and thenjrising a little higher, and with an 
oath that I leave out, "Fetch aft the rum, Darby!" 

The bucaneers remained rooted to the ground, their eyes 
starting from their heads. Long after the voice had died away 
they still stared in silence, dreadfully, before them. 
'That fixes it!" gasped one. "Let's go." 

"They were his last words," moaned Morgan, "his last words 
aboveboard." 

Dick had his Bible out and was praying volubly. He had 
been well brought up, had Dick, before he came to sea and fell 
among bad companions. 

Still, Silver was unconquered. I could hear his teeth rattle 
in his head, but he had not yet surrendered. 

"Nobody in this here island ever heard of Darby," he mut- 
tered, "not one but us that's here." And then, making a great 
effort, "Shipmates," he cried, "I'm here to get that stuff, and 
I'll not be beat by man nor devil. I never was feared of Flint 
in his life, and, by the powers, I'll face him dead. There's seven 
hundred thousand pound not a quarter of a mile from here. 
When did ever a gentleman o' fortune show his stern to that much 
dollars for a boozy old seaman with a blue mug and him dead, 
too?" 

But there was no sign of reawakening courage in his followers; 
rather, indeed, of growing terror at the irreverence of his words. 

" Belay there, John !" said Merry. " Don't you cross a sperrit." 

And the rest were all too terrified to reply. They would have 
run away severally had they dared, but fear kept them together, 
and kept them close by John, as if his daring helped them. He, 
on his part, had pretty well fought his weakness down. 

[268] 



^ 



"DARBY M'GRAW!" IT WAILED. "DARBY M'GRAW!" 



TREASURE ISLAND 

"Sperrit? Well, maybe," he said. "But there's one thing not 
clear to me. There was an echo. Now, no man ever seen a 
sperrit with a shadow; well, then, what's he doing with an echo 
to him, I should like to know? That ain't in natur', surely?" 

This argument seemed weak enough to me. But you can 
never tell what will affect the superstitious, and, to my wonder, 
George Merry was greatly relieved. 

'Well, that's so," he said. 'You've a head upon your shoul- 
ders, John, and no mistake. 'Bout ship, mates! this here crew 
is on a wrong tack, I do believe. And come to think on it, it 
was like Flint's voice, I grant you, but not just so clear away like 
it, after all. It was liker somebody else's voice now it was 
liker " 

"By the powers, Ben Gunn!" roared Silver. 

"Ay, and so it were," cried Morgan, springing on his knees. 
"Ben Gunn it were!" 

"It don't make much odds, do it now?" asked Dick. "Ben 
Gunn's not here in the body, any more 'n Flint." 

But the older hands greeted this remark with scorn. 
'Why, nobody minds Ben Gunn," cried Merry; "dead or 
alive, nobody minds him." 

It was extraordinary how their spirits had returned, and how 
the natural color had revived in their faces. Soon they were 
chatting together, with intervals of listening; and not long 
after, hearing no further sound, they shouldered the tools and 
set forth again, Merry walking first with Silver's compass to 
keep them on the right line with Skeleton Island. He had said 
the truth: dead or alive, nobody minded Ben Gunn. 

Dick alone still held his Bible, and looked around him as he 
went, with fearful glances, but he found no sympathy, and 
Silver even joked him on his precautions. 

"I told you," said he "I told you you had sp'iled your Bible. 
If it ain't no good to swear by, what do you suppose a sperrit 
would give for it? Not that!" and he snapped his big fingers, 
halting a moment on his crutch. 

But Dick was not to be comforted; indeed it was soon plain 



TREASURE ISLAND 

to me that the lad was falling sick; hastened by heat, exhaustion, 
and the shock of his alarm, the fever, predicted by Dr. Livesey, 
Was evidently growing swiftly higher. 

It was fine open walking here, upon the summit; our way lay 
a little down-hill, for, as I have said, the plateau tilted toward the 
west. The pines, great and small, grew wide apart, and, even 
between the clumps of nutmeg and azalea, wide open spaces 
baked in the hot sunshine. Striking, as we did, pretty near 
northwest across the island, we drew, on the one hand, ever 
nearer under the shoulders of the Spy-glass, and, on the other, 
looked ever wider over that western bay where I had once tossed 
and trembled in the coracle. 

The first of the tall trees was reached, and by the bearing 
proved the wrong one. So with the second. The third rose 
nearly two hundred feet in the air above a clump of underwood, 
a giant of a vegetable, with a red column as big as a cottage, 
and a wide shadow around in which a company could have 
manoeuvered. It was conspicuous far to see both on the east 
and west, and might have been entered as a sailing mark upon 
the chart. 

But it was not its size that now impressed my companions; 
it was the knowledge that seven hundred thousand pounds in 
gold lay somewhere buried beneath its spreading shadow. The 
thought of the money, as they drew nearer, swallowed up their 
previous terrors. Their eyes burned in their heads; their feet 
grew speedier and lighter; their whole soul was bound up in 
that fortune, that whole lifetime of extravagance and pleasure, 
that lay waiting there for each of them. 

Silver hobbled, grunting, on his crutch; his nostrils stood out 
and quivered; he cursed like a madman when the flies settled 
on his hot and shiny countenance; he plucked furiously at the 
line that held me to him, and, from time to time, turned his 
eyes upon me with a deadly look. Certainly he took no pains 
to hide his thoughts; and certainly I read them like print. In 
the immediate nearness of the gold all else had been forgotten; 
his promise and the doctor's warning were both things of the 

[272] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

past; and I could not doubt that he hoped to seize upon the 
treasure, find and board the Hispaniola under cover of night, 
cut every honest throat about that island, and sail away as he 
had at first intended, laden with crimes and riches. 

Shaken as I was with those alarms, it was hard for me to 
keep up with the rapid pace of the treasure-hunters. Now and 
again I stumbled; and it was then that Silver plucked so roughly 
at the rope and launched at me his murderous glances. Dick, 
who had dropped behind us, and now brought up the rear, was 
babbling to himself both prayers and curses, as his fever kept 
rising. This also added to my wretchedness, and, to crown all, 
I was haunted by the thought of the tragedy that had once been 
acted on that plateau, when that ungodly bucaneer with the 
blue face he who died at Savannah, singing and shouting for 
drink had there, with his own hand, cut down his six accom- 
plices. This grove, that was now so peaceful, must then have 
rung with cries, I thought; and even with the thought I could 
believe I heard it ringing still. 

We were now at the margin of the thicket. 

"Huzza, mates, all together!" shouted Merry; and the foremost 
broke into a run. 

And suddenly, not ten yards further, we beheld them stop. 
A low cry arose. Silver doubled his pace, digging away with 
the foot of his crutch like one possessed; and next moment he 
and I had come also to a dead halt. 

Before us was a great excavation, not very recent, for the 
sides had fallen in and grass had sprouted on the bottom. In 
this were the shaft of a pick broken in two and the boards of 
several packing-cases strewn around. On one of these boards 
I saw, branded with a hot iron, the name Walrus the name of 
Flint's ship. 

All was clear to probation. The cache had been found and 
rifled; the seven hundred thousand pounds were gone! 





XXXIII 



THE FALL OF A CHIEFTAIN 

HERE never was such an overturn in this 
world. Each of these six men was as though 
he had been struck. But with Silver the blow 
passed almost instantly. Every thought of 
his soul had been set full-stretch, like a racer, 
on that money; well, he was brought up in a 
single second, dead; and he kept his head, 
found his temper, and changed his plan before the others had 
had time to realize the disappointment. 

"Jim," he whispered, "take that, and stand by for trouble." 
And he passed me a double-barreled pistol. 
At the same time he began quietly moving northward, and 
in a few steps had put the hollow between us two and the other 
five. Then he looked at me and nodded, as much as to say, 
"Here is a narrow corner," as, indeed, I thought it was. His 
looks were now quite friendly; and I was so revolted at these 
constant changes that I could not forbear whispering, "So 
you've changed sides again." 

There was no time left for him to answer in. The bucaneers, 
with oaths and cries, began to leap, one after another, into the 
pit and to dig with their fingers, throwing the boards aside- as 

[274] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

they did so. Morgan found a piece of gold. He held it up with 
a perfect spout of oaths. It was a two-guinea piece, and it 
went from hand to hand among them for a quarter of a minute. 
'Two guineas!" roared Merry, shaking it at Silver. "That's 
your seven hundred thousand pounds, is it? You're the man 
for bargains, ain't you? You're him that never bungled nothing, 
you wooden-headed lubber!" 

'Dig away, boys," said Silver, with the coolest insolence; 
"you'll find some pig-nuts and I shouldn't wonder." 

"Pig-nuts!" repeated Merry in a scream. "Mates, do you 
hear that! I tell you now that man there knew it all along. 
Look in the face of him and you'll see it wrote there." 

"Ah, Merry," remarked Silver, "standing for cap'n again? 
You're a pushing lad, to be sure." 

But this time every one was entirely in Merry's favor. They 
began to scramble out of the excavation, darting furious glances 
behind them. One thing I observed, which looked well for us 
they all got out upon the opposite side from Silver. 

Well, there we stood, two on one side, five on the other, the 
pit between us, and nobody screwed up high enough to offer the 
first blow. Silver never moved; he watched them, very upright 
on his crutch, and looked as cool as ever I saw him. He was 
brave, and no mistake. 

At last, Merry seemed to think a speech might help matters. 

"Mates," says he, "there's two of them alone there; one's 
the old cripple that brought us all here and blundered us down 
to this; the other's that cub that I mean to have the heart of. 
Now, mates- 
He was raising his arm and his voice, and plainly meant to 
lead a charge. But just then, crack! crack! crack! --three 
musket-shots flashed out of the thicket. Merry tumbled head 
foremost into the excavation; the man with the bandage spun 
round like a teetotum, and fell all his length upon his side, where 
he lay dead, but still twitching; and the other three turned and 
ran for it with all their might. 

Before you could wink Long John had fired two barrels of a 

[275] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

pistol into the struggling Merry; and as the man rolled up 
his eyes at him in the last agony, "George," said he, "I reckon 
I settled you." 

At the same moment the doctor, Gray, and Ben Gunn joined 
us, with smoking muskets, from among the nutmeg-trees. 

"Forward!" cried the doctor. "Double-quick, my lads. We 
must head 'em off the boats." 

And we set off at a great pace, sometimes plunging through 
the bushes to the chest. 

I tell you but Silver was anxious to keep up with us. The 
work that man went through, leaping on his crutch till the 
muscles of his chest were fit to burst, was work no sound man 
ever equaled; and so thinks the doctor. As it was, he was already 
thirty yards behind us and on the verge of strangling when we 
reached the brow of the slope. 

"Doctor," he hailed, "see there! No hurry!" 

Sure enough there was no hurry. In a more open part of 
the plateau we could see the three survivors still running in 
the same direction as they had started, right for Mizzenmast 
Hill. We were already between them and the boats; and so 
we four sat down to breathe, while Long John, mopping his 
face, came slowly up with us. 

'Thank ye kindly, Doctor," says he. 'You came in in about 
the nick, I guess, for me and Hawkins. And so it's you, Ben 
Gunn!" he added. 'Well, you're a nice one, to be sure." 

"I'm Ben Gunn, I am," replied the maroon, wriggling like an 
eel in his embarrassment. "And," he added, after a long pause, 
"how do, Mr. Silver. Pretty well, I thank ye, says you." 

"Ben, Ben," murmured Silver, "to think as you've done me!" 

The doctor sent back Gray for one of the pickaxes deserted, 
in their flight, by the mutineers; and then, as we proceeded 
leisurely down-hill to where the boats were lying, related, in a 
few words, what had taken place. It was a story that pro- 
foundly interested Silver; and Ben Gunn, the half-idiot maroon, 
was the hero from beginning to end. 

Ben, in his long, lonely wanderings about the island, had 

[276] 









-Zf*') X.MM "/' '/ / '7/ttl'lth. 




MERRY TUMBLED HEAD FOREMOST INTO THE 

EXCAVATION 



TREASURE ISLAND 

found the skeleton it was he that had rifled it; he had found 
the treasure; he had dug it up (it was the shaft of his pick- 
ax that lay broken in the excavation); he had carried it on his 
back in many weary journeys from the foot of a tall pine to a 
cave he had on the two-pointed hill at the northeast angle of the 
island, and there it had lam stored in safety since two months 
before the arrival of the Hispaniola. 

When the doctor had wormed this secret from him on the 
afternoon of the attack, and when, next morning, he saw the 
anchorage deserted, he had gone to Silver, given him the chart, 
which was now useless, given him the stores for Ben Gunn's 
cave was well supplied with goats' meat salted by himself 
given anything and everything to get a chance of moving in 
safety from the stockade to the two-pointed hill, there to be 
clear of malaria and keep a guard upon the money. 

"As for you, Jim," he said, "it went against my heart, but 
I did what I thought best for those who had stood by their duty; 
and if you were not one of these, whose fault was it?" 

That morning, finding that I was to be involved in the horrid 
disappointment he had prepared for the mutineers, he had run 
all the way to the cave and, leaving squire to guard the captain, 
had taken Gray and the maroon and started, making the diagonal 
across the island, to be at hand beside the pine. Soon, however, 
he saw that our party had the start of him; and Ben Gunn, 
being fleet of foot, had been despatched in front to do his best 
alone. Then it had occurred to him to work upon the supersti- 
tions of his former shipmates; and he was so far successful that 
Gray and the doctor had come up and were already ambushed 
before the arrival of the treasure-hunters. 

"Ah," said Silver, "it were fortunate for me that I had Haw- 
kins here. You would have let old John be cut to bits and 
never given it a thought, Doctor." 

"Not a thought," replied Dr. Livesey, cheerily. 

And by this time we had reached the gigs. The doctor, with 
the pickax, demolished one of them, and then we all got aboard 
the other and set out to go round by sea for North Inlet. 

[279.1 



TREASURE ISLAND 

This was a run of eight or nine miles. Silver, though he was 
almost killed already with fatigue, was set to an oar, like the 
rest of us, and we were soon skimming swiftly over a smooth 
sea. Soon we passed out of the straits and doubled the south- 
east corner of the island, round which, four days ago, we had 
towed the Hispaniola. 

As we passed the two-pointed hill we could see the black 
mouth of Ben Gunn's cave and a figure standing by it, leaning 
on a musket. It was the squire; and we waved a handkerchief 
and gave him three cheers in which the voice of Silver joined as 
heartily as any. 

Three miles farther, just inside the mouth of North Inlet, 
what should we meet but the Hispaniola,, cruising by herself? 
The last flood had lifted her, and, had there been much wind or 
a strong tide current, as in the southern anchorage, we should 
never have found her more, or found her stranded beyond help. 
As it was, there was little amiss beyond the wreck of the main- 
sail. Another anchor was got ready and dropped in a fathom 
and a half of water. We all pulled round again to Rum Cove, 
the nearest point for Ben Gunn's treasure-house; and then 
Gray, single-handed, returned with the gig to the Hispaniola y 
where he was to pass the night on guard. 

A gentle slope ran up from the beach to the entrance of the 
cave. At the top the squire met us. To me he was cordial and 
kind, saying nothing of my escapade, either in the way of blame 
or praise. At Silver's polite salute he somewhat flushed. 

"John Silver," he said, "you're a prodigious villain and 
impostor a monstrous impostor, sir. I am told I am not to 
prosecute you. Well, then, I will not. But the dead men, sir, 
hang about your neck like millstones." 

"Thank you kindly, sir," replied Long John, again saluting. 

"I dare you to thank me!" cried the squire. "It is a gross 
dereliction of my duty. Stand back!" 

And thereupon we all entered the cave. It was a large, airy 
place, with a little spring and a pool of clear water, overhung with 
ferns. The floor was sand. Before a big fire lay Captain 

[280] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

Smollett; and in a far orner, only duskily flickered over by the 
blaze, I beheld great heaps of coin and quadrilaterals built of 
bars of gold. That was Flint's treasure that we had come so 
far to seek and that had cost already the lives of seventeen men 
from the Hispaniola. How many it had cost in the amassing, 
what blood and sorrow, what good ships scuttled on the deep, 
what brave men walking the plank blindfold, what shot of 
cannon, what shame and lies and cruelty, perhaps no man alive 
could tell. Yet there were still three upon that island Silver 
and old Morgan and Ben Gunn who had each taken his share 
in these crimes, as each had hoped in vain to share in the reward. 

"Come in, Jim," said the captain. 'You're a good boy in 
your line, Jim; but I don't think you and me '11 go to sea again. 
You're too much of the born favorite for me. Is that you, 
John Silver? What brings you here, man?" 

"Come back to my dooty, sir," returned Silver. 

"Ah!" said the captain, and that was all he said. 

What a supper I had of it that night, with all my friends 
around me; and what a meal it was, with Ben Gunn's salted goat 
and some delicacies and a bottle of old wine from the Hispaniola. 
Never, I am sure, were people gayer or happier. And there was 
Silver, sitting back almost out of the firelight, but eating heartily, 
prompt to spring forward when anything was wanted, even 
joining quietly in our laughter the same bland, polite, obse- 
quious seaman of the voyage out. 

19 





AND LAST 

HE next morning we fell early to work, for the 
transportation of this great mass of gold near 
a mile by land to the beach, and thence three 
miles by boat to the Hispaniola, was a con- 
siderable task for so small a number of work- 
men. The three fellows still abroad upon the 

island did not greatly trouble us; a single 

sentry on the shoulder of the hill was sufficient to insure us against 
any sudden onslaught, and we thought, besides, they had had 
more than enough of fighting. 

Therefore the work was pushed on briskly. Gray and Ben 
Gunn came and went with the boat, while the rest, during their 
absences, piled treasure on the beach. Two of the bars, slung 
in a rope's-end, made a good load for a grown man one that 
he was glad to walk slowly with. For my part, as I was not 
much use at carrying, I was kept busy all day in the cave, packing 
the minted money into bread-bags. 

It was a strange collection, like Billy Bones's hoard for the 
diversity of coinage, but so much larger and so much more varied 
that I think I never had more pleasure than in sorting them. 
English, French, Spanish, Portuguese, Georges and Louises, 

[282] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

doubloons and double guineas and moidores and sequins, the 
pictures of all the kings of Europe for the last hundred years, 
strange Oriental pieces stamped with what looked like wisps of 
string or bits of spider's web, round pieces and square pieces, and 
pieces bored through the middle, as if to wear them round your 
neck nearly every variety of money in the world must, I think, 
have found a place in that collection; and for number, I am sure 
they were like autumn leaves, so that my back ached with stoop- 
ing and my fingers with sorting them out. 

Day after day this work went on; by every evening a fortune 
had been stowed aboard, but there was another fortune waiting 
for the morrow; and all this time we heard nothing of the three 
surviving mutineers. 

At last I think it was on the third night the doctor and I 
were strolling on the shoulder of the hill where it overlooks the 
lowlands of the isle when, from out the thick darkness below, 
the wind brought us a noise between shrieking and singing. 
It was only a snatch that reached our ears, followed by the 
former silence. : ' Heaven forgive them," said the doctor; 'tis 
the mutineers!" 

"All drunk, sir," struck in the voice of Silver from behind us. 

Silver, I should say, was allowed his entire liberty, and, in 
spite of daily rebuffs, seemed to regard himself once more as 
quite a privileged and friendly dependent. Indeed, it was 
remarkable how well he bore these slights and with what un- 
wearying politeness he kept on trying to ingratiate himself with 
all. Yet, I think, none treated him better than a dog, unless 
it was Ben Gunn, who was still terribly afraid of his old quarter- 
master, or myself, who had really something to thank him for; 
although, for that matter I suppose, I had reason to think even 
worse of him than anybody else, for I had seen him meditating a 
fresh treachery upon the plateau. Accordingly, it was pretty 
gruffly that the doctor answered him. 

"Drunk or raving," said he. 

"Right you were, sir," replied Silver; ''and precious little 
odds which, to you and me." 

[283] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

"I suppose you would hardly ask me to call you a humane 
man," returned the doctor with a sneer, "and so my feelings 
may surprise you, Master Silver. But if I were sure they were 
raving as I am morally certain one, at least, of them is down 
with fever I should leave this camp and, at whatever risk of 
my own carcass, take them the assistance of my skill." 

"Ask your pardon, sir, you would be very wrong," quoth Sil- 
ver. 'You would lose your precious life, and you may lay to 
that. I'm on your side now, hand and glove; and I shouldn't 
wish for to see the party weakened, let alone yourself, seeing 
as I know what I owes you. But these men down there, they 
couldn't keep their word no, not supposing they wished to; 
and what's more, they couldn't believe as you could." 

"No," said the doctor. 'You're the man to keep your word, 
we know that." 

Well, that was about the last news we had of the three pirates. 
Only once we heard a gunshot a great way off", and supposed 
them to be hunting. A council was held, and it was decided 
that we must desert them on the island to the huge glee, I 
must say, of Ben Gunn, and with the strong approval of Gray. 
We left a good stock of powder and shot, the bulk of the salt 
goat, a few medicines, and some other necessaries, tools, clothing, 
a spare sail, a fathom or two of rope, and, by the particular 
desire of the doctor, a handsome present of tobacco. 

That was about our last doing on the island. Before that 
we had got the treasure stowed, and had shipped enough water 
and the remainder of the goat meat, in case of any distress; 
and at last, one fine morning, we weighed anchor, which was about 
all that we could manage, and stood out of North Inlet, the same 
colors flying that the captain had flown and fought under at the 
palisade. 

The three fellows must have been watching us closer than we 
thought for, as we soon had proved. For, coming through the 
narrows, we had to lie very near the southern point, and there 
we saw all three of them kneeling together on a spit of sand, 
with their arms raised in supplication. It went to all our hearts, 

[284] 




I WAS KEPT BUSY PACKING THE MINTED MONEY 

INTO BREAD-BAGS 



TREASURE ISLAND 

I think, to leave them in that wretched state, but we could not 
risk another mutiny; and to take them home for the gibbet 
would have been a cruel sort of kindness. The doctor hailed 
them and told them of the stores we had left, and where they 
were to find them. But they continued to call us by name and 
appeal to us, for God's sake, to be merciful and not leave them 
to die in such a place. 

At last, seeing the ship still bore on her course and was now 
swiftly drawing out of earshot, one of them I know not which 
it was leaped to his feet with a hoarse cry, whipped his musket 
to his shoulder, and sent a shot whistling over Silver's head and 
through the mainsail. 

After that we kept under cover of the bulwarks, and when 
next I looked out they had disappeared from the spit and the 
spit itself had almost melted out of sight in the growing distance. 
That was, at least, the end of that; and before noon, to my 
inexpressible joy, the highest rock of Treasure Island had sunk 
into the blue round of sea. 

We were so short of men that every one on board had to 
bear a hand only the captain lying on a mattress in the stern 
and giving his orders; for, though greatly recovered, he was 
still in want of quiet. We laid her head for the nearest port 
in Spanish America, for we could not risk the voyage home 
without fresh hands; and as it was, what with baffling winds 
and a couple of fresh gales, we were all worn out before we 
reached it. 

It was just at sundown when we cast anchor in a most beauti- 
ful landlocked gulf, and were immediately surrounded by shore 
boats full of negroes and Mexican Indians and half-bloods, 
selling fruits and vegetables and offering to dive for bits of 
money. The sight of so many good-humored faces (especially 
the blacks), the taste of the tropical fruits, and, above all, the 
lights that began to shine in the town, made a most charming 
contrast to our dark and bloody sojourn on the island; and the 
doctor and the squire, taking me along with them, went ashore 
to pass the early part of the night. Here they met the captain 

[287] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

of an English man-of-war, fell in talk with him, went on board 
his ship, and, in short, had so agreeable a time that day was 
breaking when we came alongside the Hispaniola. 

Ben Gunn was on deck alone, and as soon as we came on 
board he began, with wonderful contortions, to make us a con- 
fession. Silver was gone. The maroon had connived at his 
escape in a shore boat some hours ago, and he now assured us 
he had only done so to preserve our lives, which would certainly 
have been forfeit if "that man with the one leg had stayed 
aboard." But this was not all. The sea-cook had not gone 
empty-handed. He had cut through a bulkhead unobserved, 
and had removed one of the sacks of coin, worth, perhaps, three 
or four hundred guineas, to help him on his further wanderings. 

I think we were all pleased to be so cheaply quit of him. 

Well, to make a long story short, we got a few hands on board, 
made a good cruise home, and the Hispaniola reached Bristol 
just as Mr. Blandly was beginning to think of fitting out her 
consort. Five men only of those who had sailed returned with 
her. "Drink and the devil had done for the rest" with a ven- 
geance, although, to be sure, we were not quite in so bad a case 
as that other ship they sang about: 

With one man of her crew alive, 
What put to sea with seventy-five. 

All of us had an ample share of the treasure, and used it wisely 
or foolishly, according to our natures. Captain Smollett is now 
retired from the sea. Gray not only saved his money, but, 
being suddenly smit with a desire to rise, also studied his pro- 
fession, and he is now mate and part owner of a fine full-rigged 
ship; married besides, and the father of a family. As for Ben 
Gunn, he got a thousand pounds, which he spent or lost in three 
weeks, or, to be more exact, in nineteen days, for he was back 
begging on the twentieth. Then he was given a lodge to keep, 
exactly as he had feared upon the island; and he still lives, a 
great favorite, though something of a butt, with the country 
boys, and a notable singer in church on Sundays and saints' days. 

[288] 



TREASURE ISLAND 

Of Silver we have heard no more. That formidable seafaring 
man with one leg has at last gone clean out of my life, but I 
dare say he met his old negress, and perhaps still lives in comfort 
with her and Captain Flint. It is to be hoped so, I suppose, 
for his chances of comfort in another world are very small. 

The bar silver and the arms still lie, for all that I know, where 
Flint buried them; and certainly they shall lie there for me. 
Oxen and wain-ropes would not bring me back again to that 
accursed island; and the worst dreams that ever I have are 
when I hear the surf booming about its coasts or start upright 
in bed with the sharp voice of Captain Flint still ringing in 
my ears, "Pieces of eight! pieces of eight 1" 



THE END